NZ524034A - Methods for modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins and screening compounds which modulate multiple linease kinase proteins - Google Patents
Methods for modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins and screening compounds which modulate multiple linease kinase proteinsInfo
- Publication number
- NZ524034A NZ524034A NZ524034A NZ52403401A NZ524034A NZ 524034 A NZ524034 A NZ 524034A NZ 524034 A NZ524034 A NZ 524034A NZ 52403401 A NZ52403401 A NZ 52403401A NZ 524034 A NZ524034 A NZ 524034A
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- carbons
- inclusive
- group
- alkyl
- unsubstituted
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 337
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 93
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 93
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 94
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 title description 7
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 137
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 108
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- DBTDEFJAFBUGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethial Chemical compound S=C DBTDEFJAFBUGPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 34
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 29
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 29
- -1 heterocycloalkoxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 24
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001054 5 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- RMRFFCXPLWYOOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl radical Chemical compound [CH2]C=C RMRFFCXPLWYOOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004372 methylthioethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 12
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical compound [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 101100134929 Gallus gallus COR9 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005113 hydroxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 101001043818 Mus musculus Interleukin-31 receptor subunit alpha Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- VMWJCFLUSKZZDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylmethanamine Chemical compound [CH2]N(C)C VMWJCFLUSKZZDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 102220170946 rs567155861 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 102220254284 rs755928199 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 abstract description 86
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 abstract description 82
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 208
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 82
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 80
- 210000002161 motor neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 70
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 56
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 44
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 38
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 108010055717 JNK Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 33
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 30
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 108010058699 Choline O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 29
- 102100023460 Choline O-acetyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 29
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 29
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 29
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 27
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 26
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 26
- 108090001035 mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 23
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 23
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 102100023995 Beta-nerve growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 21
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 21
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 19
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 210000003594 spinal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 18
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 17
- 102000004898 mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical class C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 102100028701 General vesicular transport factor p115 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 101000767151 Homo sapiens General vesicular transport factor p115 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 15
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 15
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 102100023274 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 101001055085 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 9 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102100026909 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 9 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 14
- KOZFSFOOLUUIGY-SOLYNIJKSA-N K-252a Chemical class C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@H]1C[C@@](C(=O)OC)(O)[C@]4(C)O1 KOZFSFOOLUUIGY-SOLYNIJKSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 102100023132 Transcription factor Jun Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- PLRACCBDVIHHLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine Chemical compound C1N(C)CCC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 PLRACCBDVIHHLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 12
- 101001135571 Mus musculus Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 2 Proteins 0.000 description 12
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 12
- 101001115395 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 101001050288 Homo sapiens Transcription factor Jun Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 210000002932 cholinergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000002990 hypoglossal effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 102100025184 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 13 Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 10
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 101001005609 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 13 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 9
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000016273 neuron death Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000000331 sympathetic ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000001228 trophic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 101100421131 Caenorhabditis elegans sek-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 8
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 101000950695 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 102100037808 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 102100025180 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000006576 neuronal survival Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 7
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001886 ciliary effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron trifluoride etherate Chemical compound FB(F)F.CCOCC KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940124647 MEK inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 6
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 5
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002842 L-seryl group Chemical group O=C([*])[C@](N([H])[H])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 5
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001713 cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- VVVPGLRKXQSQSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolo[3,2-c]carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC3=C4C5=CC=CC=C5N=C4C=CC3=C21 VVVPGLRKXQSQSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000004129 prosencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- QNMMYUBZGLXCCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-a]carbazole Chemical class N1=C2C=CC=CC2=C2C1=C1C=CN=C1C=C2 QNMMYUBZGLXCCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 210000001044 sensory neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 4
- VUAJVNMGPKVGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethoxybutanal Chemical compound CCOC(CC)(C=O)OCC VUAJVNMGPKVGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101100347605 Arabidopsis thaliana VIII-A gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100023033 Cyclic AMP-dependent transcription factor ATF-2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100029100 Hematopoietic prostaglandin D synthase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101000974934 Homo sapiens Cyclic AMP-dependent transcription factor ATF-2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000997829 Homo sapiens Glial cell line-derived neurotrophic factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010016131 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-jun Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000000427 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-jun Human genes 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ketodiacetal Natural products O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- NDKBVBUGCNGSJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 NDKBVBUGCNGSJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- BQRGNLJZBFXNCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcein am Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(CN(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)=C(OC(C)=O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(CN(CC(=O)OCOC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCOC(=O)C)C(OC(C)=O)=C1 BQRGNLJZBFXNCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000609 ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000001169 hypoglossal nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005544 indolocarbazole Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108010055896 polyornithine Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 101100222854 Bacillus subtilis (strain 168) czcO gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100182883 Caenorhabditis elegans aex-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101100237797 Caenorhabditis elegans mlk-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- FMGYKKMPNATWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyperquat Chemical compound C1=C[N+](C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 FMGYKKMPNATWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 101000876610 Dictyostelium discoideum Extracellular signal-regulated kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100031480 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710146526 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100023266 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710146529 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100023275 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710146518 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100023272 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 5 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100023401 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100023332 Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 7 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000012591 Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N FLAG peptide Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100039556 Galectin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001115394 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001115390 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 5 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000624426 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000624594 Homo sapiens Dual specificity mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase 7 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000608765 Homo sapiens Galectin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001052493 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000628949 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 10 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000950669 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase 9 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000003855 L-lactate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108700023483 L-lactate dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001291 MAP Kinase Kinase Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000019149 MAP kinase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108040008097 MAP kinase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108060006687 MAP kinase kinase kinase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100537961 Methanosarcina mazei (strain ATCC BAA-159 / DSM 3647 / Goe1 / Go1 / JCM 11833 / OCM 88) trkA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100024193 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100026931 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 10 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100037809 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 9 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000007072 Nerve Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100025067 Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710163352 Potassium voltage-gated channel subfamily H member 4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000009516 Protein Serine-Threonine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010009341 Protein Serine-Threonine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091000117 Tyrosine 3-Monooxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000048218 Tyrosine 3-monooxygenases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- SAHIZENKTPRYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[3-(phenoxymethyl)phenoxy]-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]methanamine Chemical compound O(C1=CC=CC=C1)CC=1C=C(OC2=NC(=CC(=C2)CN)C(F)(F)F)C=CC=1 SAHIZENKTPRYSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003837 chick embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003711 chorioallantoic membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003447 ipsilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- FRIJBUGBVQZNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethane;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[CH2-]C FRIJBUGBVQZNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000014511 neuron projection development Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009518 penetrating injury Effects 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006354 stress signaling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002889 sympathetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium vanadate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-][V]([O-])([O-])=O IHIXIJGXTJIKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101150025395 trkA gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150113435 trkA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940124676 vascular endothelial growth factor receptor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WIHBNMPFWRHGDF-SLVFWPMISA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s,3s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-4-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoy Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CN WIHBNMPFWRHGDF-SLVFWPMISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100347612 Arabidopsis thaliana VIII-B gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010004446 Benign prostatic hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101100291385 Drosophila melanogaster p38a gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010020195 FLAG peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010007979 Glycocholic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007818 Grignard reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101000828732 Homo sapiens Cornifin-A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001005602 Homo sapiens Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 11 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010075654 MAP Kinase Kinase Kinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102100033115 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100025207 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 11 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000026072 Motor neurone disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000007339 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010032605 Nerve Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical group CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005083 alkoxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004405 aprotinin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000013515 cdc42 GTP-Binding Protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010051348 cdc42 GTP-Binding Protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000005056 cell body Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003618 cortical neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N cycloheximide Chemical compound C1[C@@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(=O)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)CC1CC(=O)NC(=O)C1 YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032459 dedifferentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007337 electrophilic addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003348 filter assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N glycocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000032405 negative regulation of neuron apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000508 neurotrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010068338 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003359 percent control normalization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002856 peripheral neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008092 positive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000000246 pyrimidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC(*)=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 102000016914 ras Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010014186 ras Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002821 scintillation proximity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium diphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940048086 sodium pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010414 supernatant solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000019818 tetrasodium diphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001577 tetrasodium phosphonato phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000166 zirconium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UHEPSJJJMTWUCP-DHDYTCSHSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s,6r)-4,6-diamino-3-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-amino-4,5-dihydroxy-6-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]oxan-2-yl]oxy-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)oxane-3,5-diol;sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.OS(O)(=O)=O.O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N UHEPSJJJMTWUCP-DHDYTCSHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTHULKKJYXJZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-aminophenoxy)boronic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(OB(O)O)=C1 UTHULKKJYXJZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVPBBTJXIKFICP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (7-aminophenothiazin-3-ylidene)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2SC3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 PVPBBTJXIKFICP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWXAYEQCHXOEIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-diethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOC(C)(O)OCC CWXAYEQCHXOEIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolane Chemical compound C1CSCS1 IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMSODMZESSGVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CO1 IMSODMZESSGVBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHXAOPZTJOUYKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Chloro-2-methylpropene Chemical compound CC(=C)CCl OHXAOPZTJOUYKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRDABNWSWOHGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N AEBSF hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NCCC1=CC=C(S(F)(=O)=O)C=C1 WRDABNWSWOHGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N C16 ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)C=CCCCCCCCCCCCCC YDNKGFDKKRUKPY-JHOUSYSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNRMFTGJIHRGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1C=CC2=CC=CC=C12.[C] Chemical compound C1C=CC2=CC=CC=C12.[C] HNRMFTGJIHRGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005787 Castro-Stephens coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000867607 Chlorocebus sabaeus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010026206 Conalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007260 Deoxyribonuclease I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008532 Deoxyribonuclease I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006646 Dess-Martin oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009273 Endometriosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100127166 Escherichia coli (strain K12) kefB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000672609 Escherichia coli BL21 Species 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003098 Ganglion Cysts Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007341 Heck reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000684275 Homo sapiens ADP-ribosylation factor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100023496 Homo sapiens MAPK8 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001130437 Homo sapiens Ras-related protein Rap-2b Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000606067 Homo sapiens Tyrosine-protein kinase TXK Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010065390 Inflammatory pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005577 Kumada cross-coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BAQCROVBDNBEEB-UBYUBLNFSA-N Metrizamide Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C)C1=C(I)C(NC(C)=O)=C(I)C(C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)OC2O)O)=C1I BAQCROVBDNBEEB-UBYUBLNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000744 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004232 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033116 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 20 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710084683 Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 20 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001005606 Mus musculus Mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 12 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100237799 Mus musculus Mlkl gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010028289 Muscle atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N N-acetylsphinganine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)NC(C)=O CRJGESKKUOMBCT-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010056677 Nerve degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100029268 Neurotrophin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000187654 Nocardia Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoryl-L-serine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940123573 Protein synthesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100037787 Protein-tyrosine kinase 2-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pyruvate Chemical compound CC(=O)C([O-])=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940123752 RNA synthesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100031421 Ras-related protein Rap-2b Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100170066 Rattus norvegicus Ddr1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000702488 Rattus norvegicus High affinity cationic amino acid transporter 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium salicylate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000006619 Stille reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006859 Swern oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100514 Syk tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005400 Synovial Cyst Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710136739 Teichoic acid poly(glycerol phosphate) polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010076830 Thionins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 206010054094 Tumour necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100039079 Tyrosine-protein kinase TXK Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- QPMSXSBEVQLBIL-CZRHPSIPSA-N ac1mix0p Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C[C@H](C)CN(C)C)C3=CC(OC)=CC=C3SC2=C1.O([C@H]1[C@]2(OC)C=CC34C[C@@H]2[C@](C)(O)CCC)C2=C5[C@]41CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C2O QPMSXSBEVQLBIL-CZRHPSIPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000003916 acid precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005576 amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006229 amino acid addition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004727 amygdala Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001548 androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous guanidine Natural products NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007640 basal medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005815 base catalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003150 biochemical marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000339 bright-field microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000001465 calcium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020001778 catalytic domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceramide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(=O)NC(CO)C(O)C=CCCC=C(C)CCCCCCCCC ZVEQCJWYRWKARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010293 colony formation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000056 copulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005786 degenerative changes Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940009976 deoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950006137 dexfosfoserine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVTBRVFYZUCAKH-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium selenite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Se]([O-])=O BVTBRVFYZUCAKH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- IBWFTYGYHIGFQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl 2-hydroxypropanoate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)O IBWFTYGYHIGFQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001378 electrochemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ent-staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AZWGLUVBKUYPRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2,5-dioxopentanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(=O)CCC=O AZWGLUVBKUYPRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002461 excitatory amino acid Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003257 excitatory amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000848 glutamatergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015220 hamburgers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002222 hemangioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000777 hematopoietic system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003104 hexanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036737 immune function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002621 immunoprecipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- WUNJCKOTXFSWBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indeno[2,1-a]carbazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=NC5=CC=CC=C5C4=CC=C3C2=C1 WUNJCKOTXFSWBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013383 initial experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005230 lumbar spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003511 macrogol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AGJSNMGHAVDLRQ-HUUJSLGLSA-N methyl (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoate Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=C(O)C(C)=C1C AGJSNMGHAVDLRQ-HUUJSLGLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229960000554 metrizamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010041596 mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase kinase 11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013425 morphometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010300 motor neuron apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000020763 muscle atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000585 muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010028537 myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical compound N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003900 neurotrophic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N newbouldiamide Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VVGIYYKRAMHVLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000008106 ocular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000002574 p38 Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940056211 paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003538 pentan-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229950000964 pepstatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010091212 pepstatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N pepstatin A Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CC(C)C FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009984 peri-natal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027232 peripheral nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N phosphothreonine Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)O[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002714 polyornithine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001325 propanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000007 protein synthesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1C=CN=N1 JEXVQSWXXUJEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004526 pyridazin-2-yl group Chemical group N1N(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012340 reverse transcriptase PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007320 rich medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021309 simple sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- MNWBNISUBARLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanide Chemical compound [Na+].N#[C-] MNWBNISUBARLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004025 sodium salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015921 sodium selenite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011781 sodium selenite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001471 sodium selenite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013223 sprague-dawley female rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N staurosporine Chemical compound C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@H]1C[C@@H](NC)[C@@H](OC)[C@]4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(OC)O1 CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XIUROWKZWPIAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfotep Chemical compound CCOP(=S)(OCC)OP(=S)(OCC)OCC XIUROWKZWPIAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004032 superbase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007525 superbases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002222 superior cervical ganglion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002381 testicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150024821 tetO gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003527 tetrahydropyrans Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylammonium Chemical class C[N+](C)(C)C QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001103 thalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CS1 CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000047459 trkC Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010064892 trkC Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003774 valeryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940099259 vaseline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000747 viability assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003026 viability measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
- G01N33/56988—HIV or HTLV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/48—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
- C12Q1/485—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase involving kinase
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
- G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein is a use of a compound of formula (I) that inhibits a multiple lineage kinase (MLK) protein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating AIDS peripheral neuropathy, wherein the variables shown in formula (I) are as defined in the specification.
Description
1
524U04
MODULATING MULTIPLE LINEAGE KINASE PROTEINS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed, in part, to methods for modulating members of the multiple lineage kinase (MLK) family. Also described are methods for identifying compounds which modulate a multiple lineage kinase protein and either promote cell survival or promote cell death, methods for identifying compounds which may be useful in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders and/or inflammation, and methods of treating neurodegenerative disorders with compounds which inhibit a multiple lineage kinase protein.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The MLK family comprises a group of proteins in which the protein sequence of the kinase domains of the family members closely resemble the MAPKKKs but have greater similarity to each other than to other MAPKKKs. MLK family members comprise a portion of very complex kinase cascades such as, for example, the stress-signaling cascade, which involves modulation of, inter alia, the c-Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK), which in turn modulates, inter alia, transcription factors including c-Jun, ATF2, and ELK-1. JNK is described in U.S. Patents 5,534,426,5,593,884,5,605,808, and WO 95/03324, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
The MLK family includes, in part, the following groups: 1) miill^r||^^^icbp;Jk
J " ' OTFiC- Of N.7
| \ \ 2003
(MLK1); 2) multiple lineage kinase 2 (MLK2); 3) multiple lineage kinase 3 (MLK3); 4) leucine zipper bearing kinase (LZK); 5) dual leucine zipper bearing kinase (DLK); and 6) multiple lineage kinase 6 (MLK6). MLK1 has a catalytic domain similar to both kinases specific for Tyr and Ser/Thr. Dorow, etal., Eur. J. Biochem., 1993,273,701-710. MLK2 also 5 has a catalytic domain similar to both kinases specific for Tyr or Ser/Thr. Dorow, et al., Eur.
J. Biochem., 1993, 213, 701-710. MLK2 is also known as MST. Katoh. et al, Oncogene, 1995, 10, 1447-1451. MLK3 comprises a protein that, in addition to the kinase domain, contains two leucine zippers with an adjacent carboxy-terminal basic region, and a proline rich region. Ing, etal.. Oncogene, 1994,9,1745-1750. MLK3 is also known as SPRK (Gallo, et 10 al., J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269, 15092-15100), and PTK1 (Ezoe, et al., Oncogene, 1994, 9,
935-938), LZK is a leucine zipper bearing kinase. Sakuma, et al., J.Biol. Chem., 1997,272, 28622-28629. DLK has a kinase domain and two putative leucine zipper motifs. Holzman, et al.,J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269, 30808-30817. DLK is also known as ZPK (Reddy, et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 1994,202,613-620) and MUK (Hirai, et al., Oncogene, 1996, 15 12. 641-650). Members of the MLK family are also described in, for example, U.S. Patents
,676,945, 5,554.523, WO 93/15201, Canadian Patent 2,148,898, Diener, et al.,Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 1997,94, 9687-9692,DeAizpurua, etal, J. Biol. Chem., 1997,272,16364-16373, Tung, et al., Oncogene, 1997,14,653-659, Sells, et al., Trends in Cell Biol., 1997. 7, 161-167, Mata, et ah, J. Biol. Chem., 1996, 271,16888-16896, Hirai, et ah, J. Biol. Chem., 20 1997,272,15167-15173, Fan, et ah, J. Biol. Chem., 1996, 271,24788-24793, Blouin, etal,
DNA and Cell Biol, 1996,15, 631-642, Pombo, etal, Nature, 1995, 377, 750-754, Kiefer, etal.,EMBOJ., 1996,15,7013-7025,Hu, etal, Genes & Dev., 1996,10,2251-2264, Su, et al.,EMBOJ., 1997,16,1279-1290, and Dorow, etal., Eur. J. Biochem., 1995,234,492-500. Recently, another MLK-related kinase was identified in the EST database. The DNA 25 sequence of this clone, MLK6, is described by seven overlapping entries. Their clone ID
numbers are: 1007489,1460085,510915,666323, F5555,482188 and 178522, the sequences of each which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Each of the references cited in the present paragraph is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Recently, stable expression of ZPK has been shown to reduce the proliferative capacity 3 0 of NIH 3T3 fibroblasts as measured by a colony formation assay. Bergeron, et ah, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm., 1997,231,153-155. Bergeron, et al, however, failed to provide any
data showing that ZPK modulated the activity of a ZPK substrate or whether ZPK promoted cell death.
Expression of a construct encoding Myc-MLK2 in Swiss 3T3 cells has been shown to lead to apoptosis approximately 20 hours after injection. Nagata, et al., EhdBO J., 1998,17, 149-158.
Applicants have developed numerous indolo and indeno compounds which, inter alia, inhibit cell growth associated with hyperproliferative states and inhibit death in a variety of embryonic cultures, such as dorsal root ganglion, striatal, superior cervical ganglia and motoneurons. U.S. Patents 5,475,110, 5,591,855, 5,594,009, 5,461,146, 5,621,100, 5,621,101, 5,705,511, and 5,756,494, each of which is assigned to the assignee of the present application, and each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Compounds recited in U.S. Patent 5,705,511 having formula G are. referred to in the present application as having formula I. Applicants have also shown that motoneuron apoptosis is inhibited by a derivative of K-252a, an indolocarbazole which also modulates the stress-signaling cascade. Maroney, et al.,J. Netirosci., 1998,18, 104-111, wliich is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Due to the inadequacies of screening compounds which modulate members of the stress signaling cascade and promote either cell death or cell survival, there continues to be a need for new, selective methods of screening compounds. In addition, there continues to be a need for screening assays for therapeutics which may be useful in treating inflammation and neurodegenerative disorders. The present invention is directed to these, as well as other, important ends.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect the invention provides a use a compound that inhibits a multiple lineage kinase protein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating AIDS peripheral neuropathy, wherein said compound has a formula selected from
-3a-
(a) the formula wherein
B and F, independently, each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached,
form either an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from one to three carbon atom(s) may be replaced by nitrogen atom(s); or an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; or two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and nitrogen atom, or an oxygen and nitrogen atom;
A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together represent O;
R1 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl;COR9, where R9 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or aryl, preferably phenyl or naphthyl; -OR10, where R10 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); -CONH2, -NR7R8, (CH2)nNR7R8, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive); or -0(CH2)nNR7R8; and either
7 5?
R and R independently are H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or
7 Q
R and R are combined together to form a linking group of the general formula -
(CH2)2-X1-(CH2)2- where X1 is O, S or CH2;
R2 is H, -SO2R9; -C02R9, -COR9, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkyl of
1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkenyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or a monosaccharide of 5-7 parhfins
I fsiTFLLECTuAL PROPERTY I orFlCF OF N.z.
i \ 1 'M 2006
63M87-LDOC \ !&ECE!¥EP
-3b-
(inclusive) where each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide independently is either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkylcarbonyloxy of 2-5 carbons (inclusive) or alkoxy of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl ofl-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, OH, -OR9,
-0(CFI2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tetrahydropyranyl, NH2, -NR7R8, -NR10COR9;
-NR10CO2R9, -NR10CONR7R8, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10SO2R9, -S(0)yRn, where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is 1 or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNRnR12, -CH-NOR11, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, S02NR12R13(0R' ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either
19 1 ^
R and R independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or
R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(CH2)2-X1-(CH2)2;
each R3,R4, R5 and R6, independently is H, aryl, preferably an aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), more preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl; F, CI, Br, I, -CN, CF3, -N02, OH, -0R9,-0 (CH2)„NR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, NH2,-CH2OH, -CH2OR14, -NR7R8, -NR10COR9, -NR10CONR7R8, -SRn, -S(0)yR11 where y is 1 or 2; -C02R9, -COR9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, -CH=NORn,-CH=NR9, -CH=NNR11R12, -(CH2)nSR9, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive),- (CH2)nS(0)yR9, -CH2SR15 where R15 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); -CH2S(0)yR14,
| i! rr '. '.A'.
I 6r-?IC? OF N.z.
I 1 \ MMf 200s
635487 I.DOC I fe* V 1 ' "
-3c-
-(CH2)nNR7R8, -(CHt^NHR14, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkenyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NOi, OH, -OR9,
-0(CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tetrahydropyranyl, NF12, -NR7R8, -NR'°COR9;
-NR10CO2R9, -NR10CONR7R8, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10SO2R9, -S(0)yR", where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is 1 or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNR"R12, -CH=NORm, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, S02NR12RI3(0R' ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either
R12 and R13 independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or
R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2;
X is either an unsubstituted alkylene of 1-3 carbons (inclusive); or
X is an alkylene of 1 -3 carbons (inclusive) substituted with one R" group, preferably OR10, -SR10, R13, where Rb is an alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); phenyl, naphthyl, arylalkyl of 7-14 carbons (inclusive), preferably benzyl; or
X is -CHCH-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -0-, -S-, -S(=0)-, -S(=0)2-, -C(R10)2-, -C(=0)-, -C (=NORu)-, -C(OR")(R")-, -C(=0)CHR15)-, -CH(R15)C(=0)-, -C(=N0R'CHR15)-, -C(=NORn)CH(R15)-, -CH2Z-, -Z-CH2-, -CH2ZCH2-, where Z is, C(OR11)(R11), O, S, C(=0), C(=NORn), or NR11; or
635487„ I. DOC
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE OF N.Z.
29 SEP 2006
RECEIVED
-3d-
A1 and A2 together are each independently H, H; H, -OR11 ; H, -SR11: II, -N(Rn)2 ; or together represent =S or =NRn; B1 and B2 together represent O: and each R1, R2, R3, R4, R\ R6 and X are as defined above; or
A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together are each independently H, H; II, -OR11, II, -SR11. H, -N(Rn)2. or together represent =S or =NR"; and each R1, R2, R"\ R4, R\ R6 and X are as above;
(b) the formula ring B and ring F, independently, and each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, are selected from the group consisting of:
a) an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be replaced by nitrogen atoms;
b) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring; and c) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either
1) one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom;
2) two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen and a nitrogen atom, or two nitrogen atoms; or
3) three carbon atoms are replaced with three nitrogen atoms;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE OF N.Z.
635487_I.DOC 29 SEP 2006
-3e-
b) -C(=0)R9, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
c) -OR10, where R10 is selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons;
d) -C(=0)NH2, -NRnR12, -(CH2)pNRmR12, -(CH2)pOR10, -0(CH2)p0R10, and -0(CH2)pNRHR12, wherein p is from 1 to 4; and wherein either
1) R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; or
2) R11 and R12 together form a linking group of the formula -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2-, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-,and-CH2-; W is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons,-OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, -0C(=0)R9, -0C(=0)NRnR12, -0(CH2)pNR''R12, -0(CH2)p0R11), substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, -OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -0C(=0)R9, -0C(=0)NR11R12, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -0(CH2)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl;
R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
a) H, aryl, heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I,-CN, CF3, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)pNR'LR12, -OC (=0)R9, -0C(=0)NR2R7, -0C(=0)NRuR12, -0(CH2)P0R10, -CH2OR10,
NRllR12, -NRl0S(=O)2R9, -NRI0C(-O)R9;
b) -CH2OR14, wherein R is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed;
c) -NR,0C(=O)NR11R12' -C02R2, -C(=0)R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -(CH2)pNRnR12, -(CH2)PNHR14, or -CH=NNR2R2A wherein R2A is the same as R2;
d) -S(0)yR2-(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -CH2S(0)yR14 wherein y is 0, 1 or 2;
e) alkyl having from 1 to 8 carbons, alkenyl having from 2 to 8 carbons, and alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbons, wherein
635487 l.DOC
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OrFICF OF- N.Z.
1 i MAV 2005
rfr t+< H V* VJ
-3f-
1) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is unsubstituted; or
2) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of aryl having from 6 to 10 carbons, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, alkyloxy-alkoxy, hydroxyalkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, -OH, -OR9, -X2(CH2)pNRnR12, -X2(CH2)pC(=0)NRnR12, -X2(CH2)p0C(=0)NRnR12, -X2(CH2)pC02R9, -X2(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -X2(CH2)pNR10C(=O)NRuR12, -OC( =0)R9, -OCONHR2, -O-tetrahydropyranyl, -NRnR12, -NR10C(=O)R9, -NR10CO2R9, -NR,0C(=O)NRuR12, -NHC(=NH)NH2, NR10S(O)2R9, -S(0)yR9, -C02R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -C(=0)R2, -CH2OR10, -CH=NNR2R2A, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S(=0)2NR2R2A, -P(=O)(OR10)2, -OR14, and a monosaccharide having from 5 to 7 carbons wherein each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide is independently either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkylcarbonyloxy having from 2 to 5 carbons, or alkoxy having from of 1 to 4 carbons;
X2 is O, S, or NR10;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, -(CH2)pOR10, (CH2)p0C(=0)NRnR12, and -(CH2)pNR''R12 ; or R7 and R8 together form a linking group of the formula-CH2-X3-CH2-, wherein X3 is X2 or a bond;
m and n are each independently 0, 1, or 2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, -N(R10)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, and -CH2-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -0-, -CH=CH-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -CH(OR10)-, -N(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, CH(NRnR12)-, -C(=0)N(R17)-, -N(R17)C(=0)-, -N(S(0)yR9)-, -N(S(0)yNRnR12)-, -N(C(=0)R17)-, -C(R15R16)-, -N+(0')(Rin)-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, and -CH (0(C=0)R9)CH(0C(=0)R9A)-, wherein R9A is the same as R9 ;
R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, -C(=0)R10,-O (C=0)R9, hydroxyalkyl, and -C02R10;
I jNTELIECTUAL PROPERTY 1 I CrFIC'r OF N.Z. I
i 1 1 Uhi 2Q0S \
635487 l.DOC
-3g-
R17 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
A1 and A2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H,OR2; H, -SR2 ; H,-N(R2)2 ; and a group wherein A1 and A2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, -OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein B1 and B2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting
7 17 1
of =0, =S, and =NR ; with the proviso that at least one of the pairs A and A , or B and B2, form =0.
(c) the formula h
x wherein
Zi is H and Z2 is H or Zi and Z2 together form =0;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, CI, CH2S02C2Hs, Br, CH2S(CH2)2NH2, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NHn-C4H9, NHCONHC6H5, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5,
CH2SC6H5, N(CH3)2, CH3, CH2OCONHC2H5, NHC02CH3, CH2OC2H5, CH2N(CH3)2, OH, O n-propyl, CH=NNH-C(=NH)NH2, CH=N-N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH-n-C4H9, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1, 2, 4-triazine)],CH2CH2SCH3;
N==::\
——K J
n j , h , n ' ,
INTELLECTUAL. PROPERTY I Crf!CF Of- N.Z. |
1 i rW 2608 1
\ )
" : I
• " : 3
i
635487_1.DOC •- — ■ • ^
-3h-
HC=N N"
H2C S ^
°\ „NH
HC=N N
I
-N
/ \ / \ HC=N N O HC N N NCH3
W V/
and
R.2 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, CI, I, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1, 2, 4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3, and CH2OH;
X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH2OH, CH2NH-SerineH,C02CH3, C0NHC6H5,CH2NHC02C6Hs, CH2NHCO2CH3, CH2N3, CONHC2H5, CH2NH-Glycine, CON(CH3)2, -CH2NHCO2-, CONH2, CONHC3H7, CH2NH-Serine, CH2SOCH3, CH=NOH, CH2NH-Proline, CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), CH=NNHC(=NH)NH2, CONH(CH2)2OH,
CH=NNHCONH2, CH2OCOCH3, -CH20C(CH3)20-, CH2SC6H5, CH2SOC6H5, C02 n-hexyl, CONHCH3, C02(CH2)4CH3;
CON
0 hc^NNH-
h2C—s-
and
R is selected from the group consisting of OH, and OCH3; and
;NTi.ii.iiCf'JA!.. ^OrcRTY
or=!rr of n.z.
I 1 1 2008
635487 l.DOC
-3i-
(d) the formula
H
zi\ /N\^o wherein:
Z| is H and Z2 is H or Zi and Z2 together form =0; Ri is H or Br;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, CH2CH=CH2, CH2CH2CH2OH, or
R4 is H, CH2CH=CH2 or CH2CH2CH2OH.
Described herein are methods for identifying compounds which modulate activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein and promote cell survival comprising the steps of contacting the cell containing the multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound, determining whether the compound decreases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein, and determining whether the compound promotes cell survival.
Also described herein are methods for identifying compounds which modulate activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein and promote cell death comprising the h2ch2ch2c—N
o and
steps of contacting the cell containing the multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound, determining whether the compound increases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein, and determining whether the compound promotes cell death.
Also described herein are methods for identifying compounds which may be useful in treating neurodegenerative disorders comprising contacting a cell or cell extract containing a multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound and determining whether the compound decreases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein.
Also described herein are methods for identifying compounds which may be useful in treating inflammation comprising contacting a cell or cell extract containing a multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound and determining whether the compound decreases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein.
Also described herein are methods for treating a mammal having or suspected of having a neurodegenerative disorder comprising administering to said mammal a compound which inhibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity.
Also described herein are methods for treating a mammal having inflammation comprising administering to said mammal a compound which inhibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of a multiple linage kinase protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula II:
Ri
Ak .N. Ri
wherein:
ring B and ring F, independently, and each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, are selected from the group consisting of:
an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from 1 to 3 5 carbon atoms may be replaced by nitrogen atoms;
an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring; and an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and a nitrogen atom, an 10 oxygen and a nitrogen atom, or two nitrogen atoms; or three carbon atoms are replaced with three nitrogen atoms; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, 15 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
-C(=0)R9, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
-OR10, where R10 is selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl 20 having from 1 to 4 carbons;
-C(=0)NH2, -NRnR12, -(CH2)pNRnR12,-(CH2)pOR103 -O(CH2)pOR,0and -0(CH2)pNRuR12, wherein p is from 1 to 4; and wherein either
Ru and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; or 25 Rn and R12 together form a linking group of the formula
-(CH2)2-X1-(CH2)2-, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of-O-, -S-, and -CH2-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, -OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, -0C(=0)R9, -0C(=0)NRnR12, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -30 0(CH7)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
PCT/USO1/24822
R3, R4, R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
H, aryl, heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, CF3, -N02,-0H, -OR9, -0(CH2)pNRuR12, -0C(=0)R9,-0C(=0)NR2R7, -0C(=0)NRHR12, -0(CH2)p0R10, -CH2OR10, -NRnR12, -NR10S(=O)2R9, -NR10C(=O)R9;
-CH2OR14, wherein R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed;
-NR10C(=O)NRnR12, -C02R2, -C(=0)R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -(CH2)pNRuR12, -(CH2)pNHRu, or -CH=NNR2R2A wherein R2A is the same as R2;
-S(0)yR2 -(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -CH2S(0)yR14 wherein y is 0,1 or 2;
alkyl having from 1 to 8 carbons, alkenyl having from 2 to 8 carbons, and alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbons, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is unsubstituted; or each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of aryl having from 6 to 10 carbons, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, hydroxyallcoxy, alkyloxy-allcoxy, hydroxyalkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -X2(CH2)pNR"R,2! -X2(CH2)pC(=0)NRnR12, -X2(CH2)p0C(=0)NRuR12, -X2(CH2)pC02R9, -X2(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -X2(CH2)pNR10C(=O)NRnR12, -0C(=0)R9, -OCONHR2, -O-tetrahydropyranyl, -NRUR12, -NR10C(=O)R9, -NR10CO2R9, -NR10C(=O)NRnR12, -NHC(=NH)NH2, NR10S(O)2R9, -S(0)yR9, -C02R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -C(=0)R2, -CH2OR10, -CH=NNR2R2A, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -P(=O)(OR10)2, -OR14,
and a monosaccharide having from 5 to 7 carbons wherein each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide is independently either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkylcarbonyloxy having from 2 to 5 carbons, or alkoxy having from of 1 to 4 carbons;
X2 is O, S, or NR10;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, -(CH2)pOR10, -
(CH2)p0C(=0)NRnR12, and -(CH2)pNRnR12; or R7 and R8 together form a linking group of the formula -CH2-X3-CH2-, wherein X3 is X2 or a bond;
m and n are each independently 0,1, or 2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, -N(R10)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, and -CH2-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -0-, -CH=CH-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -CH(OR10)-, -N(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, CH(NRnR12)-, -C(=0)N(R17)-, -N(R17)C(=0)-, -N(S(0)yR9)-, -N(S(0)yNRnR12)-, -N(C(=0)R17)-, -C(R1SR16)-, -N+(0-)(R10)-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH>, and -CH(0(C=0)R9)CH(0C(=0)R9A)-, wherein R9A is the same as R9;
R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, -C(=0)R10,
-0(C=0)R9, hydroxyalkyl, and -C02R10;
R17 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
A1 and A2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein A1 and A2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, -OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein B1 and B2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2;
with the proviso that at least one of the pairs A1 and A2, or B1 and B2, form =0.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of a multiple linage kinase protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula III:
H
— I
ZK N.
R«-V
k
III
wherein
PCT/U SOI/24822
Zl is H and Z2 is H or Zx and Z2 together form =0;
R, is selected from the group consisting of H, CI, CH2S02C2H5, Br, CH2S(CH2)2NH2, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH2n-C4H9, NHCONHC6H5, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2SC6H5,N(CH3)2, CH3, CH2OCONHC2Hs, NHC02CH3, CH2OC2H5, CH2N(CH3)2, OH, O-n-propyl, CH=NNH-C(=NH)NH2, CH=N-N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH-n-C4H9, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1,2,4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3;
CH2S
CH2S(0>
CH==NNH-
N—1 H
CH2S(0)-^jN
N—'
CH2S
CH2S
H /V
N—f ^
N=
A=N
CH2S L ,NH CH N—N
W
CH?SCm
O
CB=N—N
/ \ CH=N—N NCH3
v_y v
CH2CH2CH2— N
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, CI, I, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1,2,4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3, and CH2OH;
X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH2OH, CH2NH-SerineH, C02CH3,
CONHCfiHs, CH2NHC02C6H5, CH2NHC02CH3, CH2N3, CONHC2H5, CH2NH-Glycine, CON(CH3)2, -CH2NHC02-, CONH2, CONHC3H7, CH2NH-Serine, CH2SOCH3; CH=NOH, CH2NH-Proline, CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), CH=NNHC(=NH)NH2, CONH(CH2)2OH, CH=NNHCONH2, CH2OCOCH3, -CH20C(CH3)20-, CH2SC6H5, CH2SOC6H5, C02n-hexyl, 15 CONHCH3, and C02(CH2)4CH3; or one of the following formulas
CH=
=NNH—^
N— H
/ \ CON 0
V_/
CH?SO
N-
an
R is selected from the group consisting of OH, and OCH3.
Also described herein are methods of modulating the activity of a multiple linage kinase protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula IV:
IV
wherein
Zj is H and Z2 is H or Z, and Z2 together form =0;
Rj is H or Br;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, CH2CH=CH2, CH2CH2CH20H, CH2CH2CH2
or
and
R4 is H, CH2CH=CH2 or CH2CH2CH2OH.
-N
O
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
For the purpose of illustrating embodiments of the present invention, there are shown in the drawings certain features. It should be understood, however, that this invention is not 20 limited to the precise embodiments shown.
Figure 1 is a schematic drawing showing a general preparation of bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
Figure 2 is a schematic drawing showing a general preparation "f bridp.gr
I ;NT»,L..EC-f-..'Al PROPERTY
indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
O*- N.Z.
11 zoos
PCT/IJ SO1/24822
Figure 3 is a schematic drawing showing a preparation of resin-bound indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
Figure 4 is a schematic drawing showing the preparation of protected, soluble indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
Figure 5 is a schematic drawing showing the preparation of intermediate V.
Figure 6 is a schematic drawing showing the preparation of bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles using method A.
Figure 7 is a schematic drawing showing the preparation of bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles using method B.
Figure 8 is a schematic drawing showing the preparation of B ring-substituted bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
Figure 9 is a schematic drawing showing the derivatization of the E ring of bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles.
Figure 10 shows a graph of two separate experiments depicting the amount of viable neuronally differentiated PC-12 cells remaining after 5 days of culturing in the absence of NGF. Results are expressed as percent ofNGF control within each group (vector control in the absence ofNGF, n=12; all other groups, n=3). The difference between vector control and stable pools of cells expressing a dominant negative MLK-3 mutant in the absence ofNGF is statistically significant as determined by a two-sided T-test (p<0.05).
Figure 11A shows the phosphorylation of lcinase-dead GST-SEK-1 by baculovirus-expressed FLAG-MLK-3 (mixture of full-length and kinase domain) using a radioactive gel-based assay.
Figure 11B shows 32P-labeled phosphorylated myelin basic protein product formed as a result of a kinase reaction catalyzed by baculovirus-expressed FLAG-MLK-3 (mixture of full-length and kinase domain) or GST-MLK-3 kinase domain.
Figure 12 is an immunoblot analysis showing the phosphorylation of kinase-dead GST-SEK-1 by baculovirus-expressed FLAG-MLK-3 (mixture of full-length and kinase domain) as detected by a phospho-specific SEK-1 antibody.
Figure 13 shows the phosphorylation of myelin basic protein by bacterially-expressed GST-MLK-3 kinase domain using the (o) multiscreen trichloroacetic acid precipitation assay, or the (•) phosphocellulose membrane method.
PCT/USO1/24822
Figure 14 shows a saturation binding curve of [3H]K252a incubated with lysate of MLK-3 baculovirus infected insect cells.
Figure 15A shows the amount of 32P-labelled c-jun in an immunoprecipitation/kinase reaction from cells overexpressing MLK-3, MLK-2 or DLK and treated with either 0.025% DMSO (control) or 500 nM K-252a.
Figure 15B shows a graph quantifying the percent activity remaining in immunoprecipitate/kinase reactions from samples described in FIG. 15 A. Columns represent the average of duplicate samples where the error bar indicates the range of the mean.
Figure 15C shows the amount of 32P-labelled c-jun in an immunoprecipitation/lcinase reaction from cells overexpressing HA-JNK1 alone or with MEKK1 at various amounts of cDNA as indicated and treated with either 0.025% DMSO (control) or 500 nM of Compound III-3 (see, Table 3). Columns represent the average of duplicate samples where the error bar indicates the range of the mean.
Figure 16 shows that Compound III-3 promotes neuronal survival in a concentration-dependent fashion. Dissociated neurons were cultured from sympathetic ganglia (SG) (A), dorsal root ganglia (DRG) (B), ciliary ganglia (CG) (C), and motoneurons (MN) (D), in the presence or absence of the indicated trophic factors. Cells were counted 48 h after plating as described in materials and methods. Data represent means ± SD of triplicate or quadruplicate determinations. Shown is one of three experiments.
Figure 17 shows phase-contrast micrographs of cultures of El 2 DRG (A, E), E9 sympathetic (B, F), E8 ciliary (C, G) and E5.5 motor neurons (D, H) after 48 h in culture (24 h for ciliary neurons) in the presence of the respective neurotrophic factor (20 ng/ml NGF for sympathetic and sensory neurons 10 ng/ml CNTF for ciliary neurons, 30 pg/ml muscle extract (MEX) for motoneurons (A-D) or in the presence of 1 f-iM Compound III-3 (E-H). Bar = 200 |j.m.
Figure 18 shows a photomicrograph of dorsal root ganglia explants in vitro. Explants from chick DRG (E9) were plated in 96-well plates medium containing 0.05% BSA. After a 2 h attachment period, additions were made: (A) control DMSO; (B) 20 ng/ml NGF; (C) 250 nM Compound III-3. Forty-eight h later, medium was removed and explants were fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde in phosphate-buffered saline.
Figure 19 shows the number of chick lumbar motor neurons surviving on E10 after
daily treatment (E5-9) with specified doses of Compound HI-3. Presented data are the mean +S.D. of 5-6 animals/treatment group. The reported experiment was repeated two times. The data are from one representative experiment and represent one side of the lumbar column. *p<0.01, **p<0.001, Student t test between Compound HI-3 and control groups 5 with Bonferroni correction.
Figure 20 shows the number of motor neurons in the female rat spinal nucleus of the bulbocavernosus (SNB) surviving on PN10 or PN60 after daily treatment (PN1-5) with Compound III-3, or control vehicle (5% Solutol™). On PN10 (A, B) or PN 60 (B), rats were sacrificed and the region of the spinal cord containing the SNB was dissected and 10 processed for histology; Cresylecht violet-stained motor neurons were then counted in serial section of the lumbar 5-sacral 1 region of the spinal cord as described previously (Wingfield, et al., Steroids, 1975, 26, 311-327). Experimental data are the means ± S.E.M. from 4-8 animals/treatment group.
Figure 21 shows loss of ChAT immunoreactivity after hypoglossal axotomy in the 15 adult rat after treatment with Compound III-3. Photomicrographs of the hypoglossal nucleus after transection of the hypoglossal nerve and treatment with (A) vehicle solution along (5% Solutol™) and (B) 200 /xg of Compound HI-3 applied at the site of the transection. (C) Number of ChAT-immunoreactive hypoglossal motor neurons after treatments described in (A) and (B) above. Results are expressed as the percentage of 20 ChAT-immunoreactive motor neurons with 100% defined as that number of ChAT-
immunoreactive motor neurons in the contralateral, unlesioned hypoglossal nucleus.
Figure 22 shows inhibition of the MLK-3 pathway demonstrates in vivo efficacy and blockage of phosphorylation events downstream. Figure 22A shows increase of substantia nigra tyrosine hydroxylase immunoreactive neurons after MPTP lesion upon systematic 25 administration of Compound III-3. F igure 22B is a representative immunoblot showing MPTP
induced increase in levels of phosphorylated MKK4. Figure 22C depicts a representative immunoblot and ELISA showing attenuation of MPTP induced phosphorylated MKK4 in the presence of Compound III-3.
Figure 23 shows the induction of IL-2 in Jurkat cells. Figure 23A shows the time 3 0 course of IL-2 induction. Figure 23B shows inhibition of IL-2 induction by Compound III-3.
Figure 23C shows inhibition of IL-2 induction by Compound III-3 and Compound 1-4.
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
As employed above and throughout the disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings.
"Apoptosis" refers to a specific morphological form of cell death characterized by 5 fragmentation of cells and their nuclei into membrane-bound particles. Apoptosis can be triggered by, for example, treatment with apoptosis-inducing compounds such as etoposide, staurosporine, tumor necrosis factor-a, ceramide, and the like, or by conditions such as x-irradiation.
The term "cell death" refers to death of cells by apoptosis, necrotic, or other means 10 widely known to those skilled in the art. "Cell death" can be characterized, for example, as a decrease in total cell numbers of cells or a decrease in cell viability compared to untreated control populations of cells. Compounds which "promote cell death" result in a decrease in cell numbers or a decrease in cell viability as compared to control populations. In contrast, compounds which "promote cell survival" result in an increase in cell numbers or cell 15 viability, or which slow or reduce the rate of cell death.
The terms "reacts selectively" or "binds specifically" describe compounds which physically or chemically interact directly with an MLK protein. In contrast, compounds which do not "react selectively" or "bind specifically" may effect proteins downstream or upstream of the MLK protein, and thus may effect the activity of l^ILK proteins, but do not 20 physically or chemically interact directly with an MLK protein.
The term "modulates" refers to increasing or decreasing an activity of a particular protein or substrate thereof.
Described herein are methods for identifying compounds which modulate activity of a MLK protein and promote either cell survival or cell death. 25 Compounds which result in increased MLK protein activity may promote cell death, whereas compounds which result in decreased MLK protein activity may promote cell survival.
The MLK protein can be any protein identified as belonging to the MLK class of proteins. Preferably, the MLK protein is selected from the group consisting of MLK 1, MLK2, MLK3 (SPRK, PTK1), LZK, DLK (ZPK, MUK), and MLK6 which are described above. In
preferred embodiments of the invention, the methods identifj^^T^p^C^ElQ^p^^c^^^e^tly
|" c-rVirF of N.Z. i * •• • • • >•' onns l i i >•:• ••> 4.'. UU
interact or bind with the MLK protein as determined by binding assays, kinase assays, or other equivalent assays.
In order to identify compounds which modulate MLK protein activity and promote cell survival or cell death, a cell or cells containing the MLK protein is contacted with the test 5 compound. The contacting can take place in buffers or media well known to those skilled in the art. Alternately, the contacting can take place in vivo, in which an animal, such as, for example, a mouse or other suitable animal known to those skilled in the art, is contacted by administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising the test compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salt, carrier, or diluent. In addition, varying numbers of cells and 10 concentrations of test compounds can be used. Whether the test compound increases or decreases activity of the MLK protein is determined. In addition, whether the test compound promotes cell survival or cell death is also determined.
The cells which are contacted with the test compounds can be any mammalian cell. Preferably, the cell is a neuronal cell. Preferably, the cell is involved in a neurodegenerative 15 disease. For purposes of the present invention, a "neurodegenerative disease," a
"neurodegenerative disorder," and a "neurodegenerative condition" are interchangeable and are used to describe any disease or disorder involving neuronal cells or cells involved in the neuronal system, including, but not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, motor neuron disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, cerebrovascular disease, ischemic 20 conditions, AIDS dementia, epilepsy, Huntington's disease, and concussive or penetrating injuries to the brain or spinal cord.
MLK protein activity can be determined by a number of techniques. For example, MLK activity can be determined by measuring the activity of a substrate of the MLK protein. Such substrates are well known and readily discernable to those skilled in the art. Preferably, 25 the substrate is a member of the mitogen activated protein kinase kinase family or mitogen activated protein kinase family or substrates further down the pathway which includes, but is not limited to, a protein selected from the group consisting of JNK1, JNK2, JNK3, ERK1, ERK2, p38<x, p38p, p38y, p38S, MEK1, MEK2, MKK3, MKK4 (SEK1), MEK5, MKK6, MKK7, jun, ATF2, ELK1, and the mammalian homolog of AEX-3, and also general 30 substrates of Ser/Thr protein kinases such as myelin basic protein (MBP). Reagents and methods for measuring the activity of the substrates are also known to those skilled in the art.
The presence of MLK can also be determined by measuring the amount of the MLK protein or mRNA encoding the MLK protein. Reagents, including antibodies and oligonucleotide probes, as well as methods of measuring the amount of DNA or protein, including Northern and Western blots, are well known to those skilled in the art. MLK protein activity can also 5 be determined by an in vitro kinase assay. In vitro kinase assays are well known to the skilled artisan. Other techniques for measuring protein activity are known to those skilled in the art and are intended to be covered by the present invention. Thus, one skilled in the art can determine whether the test compound modulates, i.e., increases or decreases, MLK protein activity.
Whether or not the test compound promotes cell survival or cell death can be determined in a number of ways. Preferably, promotion of cell survival or cell death is determined by using cells at risk of dying and comparing the amount of cells which were contacted with the test compound and remain alive with the amount of cells which were not contacted with the test compound and remain alive. Preferably, the cells are primary 15 embryonic motoneuron cells which are pre-programmed to die. Primary embryonic motoneuron cells are described in Maroney, et al., J. Neurosci., 1998,18,104-111, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Primary embryonic motoneuron cells will die unless rescued by the test compound. Thus, a greater number of living motoneuron cells in the population of motoneuron cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number 20 of motoneuron cells in the population of motoneuron cells which were not treated with the test compound is indicative of a test compound which promotes cell survival. In contrast, a lesser number of living motoneuron cells in the population of motoneuron cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number of living motoneuron cells in the population of motoneuron cells which were not treated with the test compound is indicative of a test 25 compound which promotes cell death.
In another embodiment, normal cells, or wild-type cells, are converted to be cells at risk of dying by overexpressing the MLK protein, as described below in the
Examples, and then contacted with the test compound. Cells overexpressing MLK proteins may die unless rescued by the test compound. Overexpression of MLK proteins can be
accomplished using vectors capable of expressing the particular protein inside a cell.
Expression vectors are well known to those skilled in the art.. .In addition-,--motliodo -®f
JNTPLI.ECTf iAi. "POPERTY
preparing expression vectors are also well known to those skilled in the art. Expression vectors which express any of the MLK proteins can be prepared in a manner similar to those described in the Examples. A greater number of living cells in the population of overexpressing cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number of living cells in the population of overexpressing cells which were not treated with the test compound is indicative of a test compound which promotes cell survival. In contrast, a lesser number of living cells in the population of overexpressing cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number of living cells in the population of overexpressing cells which were not treated with the test compound is indicative of a test compound which promotes cell death.
In another embodiment, promotion of cell survival is determined by observing or measuring a decrease in apoptosis. Cytoplasmic shrinkage and nuclear condensation are associated with apoptosis. Thus, one skilled in the art can measure a decrease in apoptosis by measuring or observing a decrease in cytoplasmic shrinkage and/or nuclear condensation. In addition, one skilled in the art can measure apoptosis by employing conventional staining techniques.
In other embodiments, normal, wild-type neuronal cells can be used to identify compounds which promote cell death. Normal neuronal cells will survive unless they are induced to die by the test compound. A lesser number of living cells in the population of normal cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number of living cells in the population of normal cells which were not treated with the test compound is indicative of a test compound which promotes cell death. In contrast, a greater or equal number of living cells in the population of normal cells treated with the test compound as compared to the number of living cells in the population of normal cells which were not treated with the test compound is not indicative of a test compound which promotes cell death.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of an MLK protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula G (denoted formula I herein) set forth in U.S. Patent No. 5,705,511, which is assigned to the assignee of the present application and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of an MLK protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the profcrin wirtfe a
compound having formula III below:
III
wherein:
Zt is H and Z2 is I-I or and Z2 together form =0;
R.! is selected from the group consisting of H, CI, CH2S02C2H5, Br, CH2S(CH2)2NH2, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2,CH2S(CH2)2NH2n-C4H9,NHCONHC6H5,NHCONHC2H3,CH2SC2Hs, CH2SC6H5, N(CH3)2, CH3, CH2OCONHC2H5, NHCO2CH3, CH2OC2H5, CHzN(CH3)2, OH, O n-propyl, CH=NNH-C(=NH)NH2, CH=N-N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH-n-C4H9, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1,2,4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3,
ch2s l. /nh ch=nnh ^
n n-
h
CH2S CH2S(0)—I(^)
CHiSCH
N
or
/
ch=n—n
V
ch2s ch2s-
ch=nnf*
ch2s(0)
ch=n—n NCH3
w
/=n ch=n—n
=N
/~\ ch=n—n o
\_y
aiid
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, CI, I, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1,2,4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3, and CH2OH;
X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH2OH, CH2NH-SerineH, C02CH3, CONHC6H5, CH2NHC02C6H5, CH2NHC02CH3, CH2N3, CONHC2H5, CH2NH-Glycine, CON(CH3)2, -CH2NHC02-, CONH2, CONHC3H7, CH2NH-Serine, CH2SOCH3, CH=NOH, CH2NH-Proline, CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), CH=NNHC(=NH)NH2, CONH(CH2)2OH, CH=NNHCONH2, CH2OCOCH3, -CH20C(CH3)20-, CH2SC6H5, CH2SOC6H5, C02n-hexyl, CONHCH3, and C02(CH2)4CH3; or one of the following formulas
R is selected from the group consisting of OH, and OCH3.
In preferred embodiments of the invention, Z, and Z2 are H, X is C02CH3, Rj is NHCONHC2H5, R2 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), and R is OH. In other preferred embodiments of the invention, Zj and Z2 are H, X is C02CH3; R, and R2 are CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, and R is OH; or Zj and Z2 are H, X is C02CH3, Rj and R2 are CH2SCH2CH3, and R is OH; or Zl5 Z2, Rls and R2 are H, X is C02CH3; and R is OH; or Z„ Z2, R,, and R2 are H, X is C02(CH2)4CH3, and R is OH; or Z„ Z2, and R„ are H, R2 is CH2OH, X is C02CH3, and R is OH; or Z,, and Z2 are H, R! and R2 are H2S[3-(l,2,4-triazine)], X is C02CH3, and R is OH; or Z,, and Z2 are H, R] is Br, R2 is I, X is C02CH3; and R is OH; or Z„ and Z2 are H, Ri and R2 are CH2CH2SCH3, X is C02CH3, and R is OH; or Zl5 Z2, R„ and R2 are H, X is C02CH3, and R is OCH3; or Z, and Z2 together form =0, Ri and R2 are Br, X is C02CH3, and R is OH.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of an MLK protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula II below:
N—1 H
con' ^0 CH2SO
and
Ri
I
wherein:
ring B and ring F, independently, and each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, are selected from the group consisting of:
a) an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be replaced by nitrogen atoms;
b) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring; and c) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either
1) one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom;
2) two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen and a nitrogen atom, or two nitrogen atoms; or
3) three carbon atoms are replaced with three nitrogen atoms;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
a) H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
b) -C(=0) R9, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
c) -OR10, where R10 is selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons;
d) -C(=0)NH2. -NRnR12, -(CH2)pNRnR12,-(CH2)pOR10, -(CH2)pOR10 and
• 10
WO 02/14536 PCT/ll SO1/24822
-0(CH2)pNRnR12, wherein p is from 1 to 4; and wherein either
1) R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; or
2) R11 and R12 together form a linking group of the formula -(CH2)2-Xi-(CH2)2-, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, and -CH2-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, -OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, -0C(=0)R9, -OC(=Q)NRnR12, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -0(CH2)p0R5°, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl;
R3, R4, R5 and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of:
a) H, aryl, heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, CF3) -N02,-0H, -OR9, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -0C(=0)R9,-0C(=O)NR2R7, -0C(=0)NRnR12, -0(CH2)p0R10, -CH2OR10, -NRnR12, -NR10S(=O)2R9, -NR10C(=O)R9;
b) -CH2OR14, wherein R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed;
c) -NR10C(=O)NRuR12, -C02R2, -C(=0)R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -(CH2)pNRnR12, -(CH2)pNHR14, or -CH=NNR2R2A wherein R2A is the same as R2;
d) -S(0)yR2 -(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -CH2S(0)yR14 wherein y is 0,1 or 2;
e) alkyl having from 1 to 8 carbons, alkenyl having from 2 to 8 carbons, and alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbons, wherein
1) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is unsubstituted; or
2) each alkyl, alkenyl. or alkynyl group is substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of aryl having from 6 to 10 carbons, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, alkyloxy-alkoxy, hydroxyalkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -X2(CH2)pNRuR12, -X2(CH2)pC(=0)NRnR12, -X2(CH2)p0C(=0)NR11R12, -X2(CH2)pC02R9, -X2(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -X2(CH2)pNR10C(=O)NRnR12, -0C(=0)R9, -OCONHR2,
-O -tetrahy dropyr anyl, -NRnR12, -NR10C(=O)R9, -NRI0CO2R9,
-NR10C(=O)NR11R12, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10S(O)2R9, -S(0)yR9, -C02R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -C(=0)R2, -CH2OR10, -CH=NNR2R2A, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2; -S(=0),NR2R2A, -P(=O)(OR10)2, -OR14, and a monosaccharide having from 5 to 7 5 carbons wherein each hydroxy1 group of the monosaccharide is independently either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkylcarbonyloxy having from 2 to 5 carbons, or alkoxy having from of 1 to 4 carbons;
X2 is O, S, or NR10;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, -(CH2)pOR10, -(CH2)p0C(=0)NRuR12, and -(CH2)pNRnR12; or R7 and R8 together form a linking group of the formula -CH2-X3-CH2-, wherein X3 is X2 or a bond;
m and n are each independently 0,1, or 2;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-, -N(R10)-, ->r(0")(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, and -CH2-:
Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -0-, -CH=CH-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -CH(OR10)-, -N(R10)-, -N(OR'0)-, CH(NRnR'2)-, -C(=0)N(R17)-, -N(R'7)C(=0)-, -N(S(0)yR9)-,
-N(S(0)yNR! 1R12)-, -N(C(=0)R17)-, -C(R15R16)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, and -CH(0(C=0)R9)CH(0C(=0)R9A)-, wherein R9A is the same as R9;
R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, -C(=0)Rl°,
-0(C=0)R9, hydroxyalkyl, and -C02R10;
R17 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
A1 and A2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H: H, OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein A1 and A2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and -NR2;
B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, -OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2;
and a group wherein B1 and B2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of
=0, =S, and =NR2;
with the proviso that at least one of the pairs A1 and A2, or B1 and B2, form =0.
Also described herein are methods for modulating the activity of an MLK protein comprising contacting the protein or a cell containing the protein with a compound having formula IV below:
R3 R<t
IV
wherein:
Z, is H and Z, is H or Z, and Z2 together form =0;
R, is H or Br;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, CH2CH=CH2, CH2CH2CH2OH, CH2CH2CH2—N or and
R4 is H, CH2CH=CH2 or CH2CH2CH2OH.
In preferred embodiments of the invention, Rb R2, R4, Z1; and Z2 are H and R3 is CH2CH=CH2. In other preferred embodiments of the invention, R, is Br and R2, R3 R4, Z„ and Z2 are H; or R„ R2, Zl5 and Z2 are H and R3 and R, are CH2CH=CH2; or Rl5 R2, R3, Z,, and Z2 are H and R4 is CH2CH=CH2; or R,, R2, Z,, and Zo are H, and R3 and R4 are CH2CH2CH2OH; or R,, R2, R4, Z,, and Z2 are H, and R3 is
CH2CH2CH2—N
Also described herein are methods for identifying compounds which may be useful in treating neurodegenerative disorders comprising contacting a cell or cell extract containing a multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound and determining whether the compound decreases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein. The cells, and extracts therefrom, include those described above. Compounds whicfi -are. $e/pres^nt
1 >
fvrtc c. :.*0
methods {i.e., those compounds which inhibit or reduce the activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein) may be useful to treat neurodegenerative disorders. The protein is preferably selected from the group consisting of multiple lineage kinase 1, multiple lineage kinase 2, multiple lineage kinase 3, leucine zipper bearing kinase, dual leucine zipper bearing kinase, and multiple lineage kinase 6. The cell is contacted in vitro or in vivo. Preferably, the protein activity is determined by measuring the activity or phosphorylation state of a substrate of said protein. Preferably, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of JNK1, JNK2, JNK3, ERK1, ERK2, p38a, p38p, p38y, p385, MEK1, MEK2, MKK3, MKK4 (SEK1), MEK5, MKK6, MKK7, jun, ATF2, ELK1, and the mammalian homolog of AEX-3, as well as general Ser/Thr substrates, such as, for example, myelin basic protein (MBP). The protein activity may also be determined by measuring the activity of a substrate of the protein, amount of a substrate of the protein, or mRNA encoding the substrate of the protein. Protein activity may also be determined by an in vitro kinase assay or binding assay. Cells are preferably primary embryonic motoneuron cells, cells which overexpress a multiple lineage kinase protein, or a neuronal cell, but can be any cell or extract therefrom. Preferably, compounds which directly bind the multiple lineage kinase protein are identified, as described above.
Also described herein are methods for identifying compounds which may be useful in treating inflammation comprising contacting a cell or cell extract containing a multiple lineage kinase protein with the compound and determining whether the compound decreases activity of the multiple lineage kinase protein. The cells, and extracts therefrom, include those described above. Compounds which are found by the present methods (i.e., those compounds which inhibit or reduce the activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein) may be useful to treat inflammation. The protein is preferably selected from the group consisting of multiple lineage kinase 1, multiple lineage kinase 2, multiple lineage kinase 3, leucine zipper bearing kinase, dual leucine zipper bearing kinase, and multiple lineage kinase 6. The cell is contacted in vitro or in vivo. Preferably, the protein activity is determined by measuring the activity or phosphorylation state of a substrate of said protein. Preferably, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of JNK1, JNK2, JNK3, ERK1, ERK2, p38a, p38p, p38y, p386, MEK1, MEK2, MKK3, MKK4 (SEK1), MEK5, MKK6, MKK7, jun, ATF2, ELK1, and the mammalian homolog of AEX-3, as well as general Ser/Thr substrates, such as, for example, myelin basic protein (MBP). The protein activity may also be
determined by measuring the activity of a substrate of the protein, amount of a substrate of the protein, or mRNA encoding the substrate of the protein. Protein activity may also be determined by an in vitro kinase assay or binding assay.
Cells are preferably primary embryonic motoneuron cells, cells which overexpress a multiple lineage kinase protein, or a neuronal cell, but can be any cell or extract therefrom. Cells also include, but are not limited to, those involved in inflammation such as, for example, lymphocytes, macrophages and other white blood cells well known to those skilled in the art. Preferably, compounds which directly bind the multiple lineage kinase protein are identified.
Also described herein are methods for treating a mammal having or suspected of having a neurodegenerative disorder comprising administering to the mammal a compound which inhibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity. A compound which inliibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity includes, but is not limited to, compounds having formula I, II, III, and IV. Preferred compounds include those described above with respect to the method for screening compounds which modulate the activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein and either promote cell survival or cell death. A preferred mammal is a human. An individual may be suspected of having a neurodegenerative disease if the individual has symptoms of a particular neurodegenerative disease, is in a high-risk group, or has a family history of a neurodegenerative disease.
Also described herein are methods for treating a mammal having inflammation comprising administering to said mammal a compound which inhibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity. A compound which inhibits or reduces multiple lineage kinase protein activity includes, but is not limited to, compounds having formula I, II, III, and IV. Preferred compounds include those described above with respect to the method for screening compounds which modulate the activity of a multiple lineage kinase protein and either promote cell survival or cell death. A preferred mammal is a human.
The contacting with compounds having formulas I-IV can take place in buffers or media, which are well known to those skilled in the art. Alternately, the contacting can take place by administration of a pharmaceutical composition containing the test compound and a pharmaceutical^ acceptable salt, carrier, or diluent to a suitable animal or mammal^uch
as, for example, a mouse or other suitable animal known to those skilled in the art. In addition, varying numbers of cells and concentrations of compounds can be used. The cells which are contacted with the test compounds can be any mammalian cell. Preferably, the cell is a neuronal cell. Preferably, the cell is involved in a neurodegenerative disease, such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease, motor neuron disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, cerebrovascular disease, ischemic conditions, AIDS dementia, epilepsy, Huntington's disease, and concussive or penetrating injuries to the brain or spinal cord. Compounds having formula I, and methods of making the same, are described in U.S. Patent 5,705,511, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Compounds having formula III, and methods of making the same, are described in U.S. Patents 5,741,8098, 5, 621,100, 5,621,101, 5,461,146, and 5,756,494, and WO 97/46567, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Compounds having formula IV, and methods of making the same, are described in U.S. Patents 5,741,8098, 5, 621,100, 5,621,101, 5,461,146, and 5,756,494, and WO 97/46567, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Compounds having formula II include diasteriomers and enantiomers around the carbon atoms to which the substituents R2, R7, and R8 are attached.
Preferred bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles are represented by formula II:
In some preferred embodiments of the compounds of formula II, R1 is H. In further preferred embodiments, R2, is H, hydroxyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
Rl
Ak /Bl
Z
II
In other preferred embodiments, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted allcoxy, substituted or unsubstituted amnio, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In further preferred embodiments, R7 and R8 are independently H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
In some preferred embodiments, Y is O. In further preferred embodiments Z is a bond,
O, S, or substituted or unsubstituted N. In still further preferred embodiments, m and n are independently 1 or 2. In some especially preferred embodiments, Y is O, Z is a bond or O, and m and n are independently 1 or 2.
In further preferred embodiments, A1 A2 and B!B2 are =0 or H,H. 10 In some especially preferred embodiments, R1, R4, R6, and R7 are each H, Y is =0, n is 1, A1 A2 and B^2 are =0 or H,H, R2 is H, OH or lower alkyl, R3 is H or substituted alkyl, R5 and Rs are each H or alkoxy, with methoxy being preferred, Z is a bond or O, and m is 1 or 2.
Some especially preferred embodiments of the compounds of formula II are 15 compounds II-l, II-2, II-3, II-4a, II-4b, II-5, II-6, II-7a, II-7b, II-8, II-9,11-10, II-l 1, and 11-12
set forth in Table 1, infra.
The compounds represented by formula II are hereinafter referred to as Compound (II).
As used herein, the term "carbocyclic" refers to cyclic groups in which the ring portion is composed solely of carbon atoms. The terms "heterocyclo" and "heterocyclic" refer to 20 cyclic groups in which the ring portion includes at least one heteroatom such as O, N. or S.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" means a straight-chain, cyclic, or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, neopentyl, 1-ethylpropyl, hexyl, octyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclopentyl. The alkyl moiety of alkyl-containing groups, such as alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, 25 and alkylaminocarbonyl groups, has the same meaning as alkyl defined above. Lower alkyl groups, which are preferred, are alkyl groups as defined above which contain 1 to 4 carbons. The term "alkenyl" is intended to include straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon chains having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of alkenyl groups include etlienyl and propenyl groups. As used herein, the term "alkynyl" is intended to include straight-chain 3 0 or branched hydrocarbon chains having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl and propynyl groups.
• 10
WO 02/14536 PCT/USO1/24822
The acyl moiety of acyl-containing groups such as acyloxy groups is intended to include a straight-chain or branched alkanoyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, butyryl, valeryl, pivaloyl or hexanoyl.
As used herein the term "aryl" means a group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms such as phenyl, biphenyl and naphthyl. Prefen-ed aryl groups include unsubstituted or substituted phenyl and naphthyl groups. The term "heteroaryl" as used herein denotes an aryl group in which one or more ring carbon atom is replaced by a hetero (i.e., non-carbon) atom such as O, N or S. Preferred heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, benzoimidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, and benzothiazolyl groups.
The term "aralkyl" (or "arylalkyl") is intended to denotes a group having from 7 to 15 carbons, consisting of an alkyl group that bears an aryl group. Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, benzhydryl and naphthylmethyl groups.
Alkyl groups and alkyl moieties contained within substituent groups such as aralkyl, alkoxy, arylalkoxy. hydroxyalkoxy, alkoxy-alkoxy, hydroxy-alkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, alkylcarbonyloxy, hydroxyalkyl and acyloxy groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. A substituted alkyl group has 1 to 3 independently-selected substituents, preferably hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxy-alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxy-lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkoxy-lower alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkoxy, halogen, carboxyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl. nitro, amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, dioxolane, dioxane, dithiolane, dithione, furan, lactone, or lactam.
Substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl and substituted aralkyl groups each have 1 to 3 independently-selected substituents that are preferably lower alkyl, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, nitro. amino, mono- or di-lower alkylamino, and halogen.
Heterocyclic groups formed with a nitrogen atom include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperidino, morpholinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, imidazole, imidazoline, oxazoline, oxazole, triazole, thiazoline, thiazole, pyrazole, pyrazolone, and triazole groups. Heterocyclic groups formed with an oxygen atom includes furan, tetrahydrofuran, pyran, and tetrahydropyran groups.
"Hydroxyalkyl" groups are alkyl groups that have a hydroxyl group appended thereto.
Halogens include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
As used herein, the term "heteroarylalkyl" means an arylaklyl group that contains a heteroatom. The term "oxy" denotes the presence of an oxygen atom. Thus, "alkoxy" groups are alkyl groups that are attached through an oxygen atom, and "carbonyloxy" groups are 5 carbonyl groups that are attached through an oxygen atom.
Hie term "heterocycloallcoxy" means an alkoxy group that has a heterocyclo group attached to the alkyl moiety thereof, and the term "arylalkoxy" means .an alkoxy group that has an aryl group attached to the alkyl moiety thereof. The term "alkylcarbonyloxy" means an group of formula -0-C(=0)-aikyl.
As used herein, the term "alkyloxy-allcoxy" denotes an alkoxy group that contains an alkyloxy substituent attached to its alkyl moiety. The term "alkoxy-alkylthio" means an alkylthio group (i.e., a group of formula -S-alkyI) that contains an alkoxy substituent attached to its alkyl moiety. The term "hydroxy-alkylthio" means an alkylthio group (i.e., a group of formula -S-alkyl) that contains a hydroxy substituent attached to its alkyl moiety.
As used herein, the term "monosaccharide" has its accustomed meaning as a simple sugar.
As used herein, the term "amino acid" denotes a molecule containing both an amino group and a carboxyl group. Embodiments of amino acids include a-amino acids; i.e., carboxylic acids of general formula HOOC-CH(NH2)-(side chain).
Side chains of amino acids include naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring moieties. Non-naturally occurring (i.e.. unnatural) amino acid side chains are moieties that are used in place of naturally occurring amino acid side chains in, for example, amino acid analogs. See, for example, Lehninger, Biochemistry, Second Edition, Worth Publishers, Inc, 1975, pages 73-75, incorporated by reference herein.
Preferred oc-amino acids include glycine, alanine, proline, glutamic acid, and lysine,
having the D configuration, the L configuration, or as a racemate.
The sidechains of further representative a-amino acids are shown below in Table 1.
Table 1
ch3- hs-ch2-
HO-CH,- H02C-CH(NH2)-CH2-S-S-CH2-
c6h5-ch2- ch3-ch2-
ho-c6h4-ch2-
H0 (/ ^ CH-
H
M
CHo-
CHg-
ch2
ch3-s-ch2-ch2-
ch3-ch2-s-ch2-ch2-
ho-ch2-ch2-
ch3-ch(oh)-h02c-ch2-nhc(=0)-ch2-
ho2c-ch2-ch2-
nh2c(=0)-ch2-ch2-
(ch3)2-ch-
(ch3)2-ch-ch2-
ch3-ch2-ch2-h2n-ch2-ch2-ch2-
h2n-c(=nh)-nh-ch2-ch2-ch2-
h2n-c(=0)-nh-ch2-ch2-ch2-
ch3-ch2-ch(ch3)-
ch3-ch2-ch2-ch2-h2n-ch2-ch2-ch2-ch2-
In some preferred embodiments, substituent groups for the compounds of formula II include the residue of an amino acid after removal of the hydroxyl moiety of the carboxyl group thereof; i.e., groups of formula -C(=0)-CH(NH2)-(side chain).
Functional groups present on the compounds of formula II may contain protecting groups. For example, the amino acid sidechain substituents of the compounds of fonnula II can be substituted with protecting groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl or /-butoxycarbonyl groups. Protecting groups are known per se as chemical functional groups that can be selectively appended to and removed from functionalities, such as hydroxyl groups and
PCT/U SO1/24822
carboxyl groups. These groups are present in a chemical compound to render such functionality inert to chemical reaction conditions to which the compound is exposed. Any of a variety of protecting groups may be employed with the present invention. One such protecting group is the benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz; Z) group. Other preferred protecting groups according to the invention may be found in Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991.
The bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compounds have evidenced important functional pharmacological activities which find utility in a variety of settings, including both research and therapeutic arenas. These derivatives are useful as therapeutic agents. The activities of the compounds show positive effects on the function and/or survival of trophic factor responsive cells. Effect on the function and/or survival of trophic factor responsive cells, e.g., cells of a neuronal lineage, has been demonstrated using any of the following assays: (1) cultured spinal cord choline acetyltransferase ("ChAT") assay; or (2) cultured basal forebrain neuron ChAT activity assay.
As used herein, the term "effect" when used to modify the terms "function" and "survival" means a positive or negative alteration or change. An effect which is positive can be referred to herein as an "enhancement" or "enhancing" and an effect which is negative can be referred to herein as "inhibition" or "inhibiting."
As used herein, the terms "enhance" or "enhancing" when used to modify the terms "function" or "survival" means that the presence of a bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compound has a positive effect on the function and/or survival of a trophic factor responsive cell compared with a cell in the absence of the compound. For example, and not by way of limitation, with respect to the survival of, e.g., a cholinergic neuron, the compound would evidence enhancement of survival of a cholinergic neuronal population at risk of dying (due to, e.g., injury, a disease condition, a degenerative condition or natural progression) when compared to a cholinergic neuronal population not presented with such compound, if the treated population has a comparatively greater period of functionality than the non-treated population.
As used herein, "inhibit" and "inhibition" mean that a specified response of a designated material (e.g., enzymatic activity) is comparatively decreased in the presence of a bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compound.
PCT/USO1/24822
As used herein, the term "trk" refers to the family of high affinity neurotrophin receptors presently comprising trkA. trkB, and trkC, and other membrane associated proteins to which a neurotrophin can bind.
As used herein, inhibition of VEGFR implies utility in, for example, diseases where 5 angiogenesis plays important roles, such as cancer of solid tumors, endometriosis, diabetic retinopathy, psoriasis, hemangioblastoma, as well as other ocular diseases and cancers.
Inhibition of trk implies utility in, for example, diseases of the prostate such as prostate cancer and benign prostate hyperplasia, and treatment of inflammatory pain.
Inhibition of Platelet Derived Growth Factor Receptor (PDGFR) implies utility in, for 10 example, various forms of neoplasia, rheumatoid arthritis, pulmonary fibrosis, myelofibrosis,
abnormal wound healing, diseases with cardiovascular end points, such as atherosclerosis, restenosis, post-angioplasty restenosis, etc.
As used herein, the terms "cancer" and "cancerous" refer to any malignant proliferation of cells in a mammal. Examples include prostate, benign prostate hyperplasia, ovarian, breast, 15 brain, lung, pancreatic, colorectal, gastric, stomach, solid tumors, head and neck,
neuroblastoma, renal cell carcinoma, lymphoma, leukemia, other recognized malignancies of the hematopoietic systems, and other recognized cancers.
As used herein the terms "neuron," "cell of neuronal lineage" and "neuronal cell" include, but are not limited to, a heterogeneous population of neuronal types having singular 20 or multiple transmitters and/or singular ormultiple functions; preferably, these are cholinergic and sensory neurons. As used herein, the phrase "cholinergic neuron" means neurons of the Central Nervous System (CNS) and Peripheral Nervous System (PNS) whose neurotransmitter is acetylcholine; exemplary are basal forebrain, striatal, and spinal cord neurons. As used herein, the phrase "sensory neuron" includes neurons responsive to 25 environmental cues (e.g., temperature, movement) from, e.g., skin, muscle and joints;
exemplary is a neuron from the dorsal root ganglion.
A "trophic factor-responsive cell," as defined herein, is a cell which includes a receptor to which a trophic factor can specifically bind; examples include neurons (e.g., cholinergic and sensory neurons) and non-neuronal cells (e.g., monocytes and neoplastic cells). 30 The bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compounds described herein find utility in both research and therapeutic settings in, for example, inhibition of enzymatic activity. For
example, in a research environment, the compounds can be used in the development of assays and models for further enhancement of the understanding of the roles that inhibition of serine/threonine or tyrosine protein kinase (e.g., PKC, trk tyrosine kinase) play in the mechanistic aspects of the associated disorders and diseases. In a therapeutic setting, the 5 compounds which inhibit these enzymatic activities can be used to inhibit the deleterious consequences of these enzymes with respect to disorders such as cancer.
As the Examples below demonstrate, inhibition of enzymatic activity using the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compounds can be determined using, for example, the following assays:
1. trkA Tyrosine Kinase Activity inhibition assay;
2. Inhibition of NGF-stimulated trk phosphorylation in a whole cell preparation;
3. Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor (VEGFR) kinase inhibition assay;
4. PKC Activity inhibition assay;
5. PDGFR inhibition assay.
The disclosed bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compounds can be used to enhance the function and/or survival of cells of neuronal lineage in a mammal, e.g., a human. In these contexts, the compounds can be utilized individually or with other fused pyrrolocarbazoles and/or indolocarbazoles, or in combination with other beneficial molecules which also 20 evidence the ability to effect the function and/or survival of a designated cell.
A variety of neurological disorders are characterized by neuronal cells which are dying, injured, functionally compromised, undergoing axonal degeneration, at risk of dying, etc. These disorders include, but are not limited to: Alzheimer's disease; motor neuron disorders (e.g. amyotrophic lateral sclerosis); Parkinson's disease; cerebrovascular disorders (e.g., 25 stroke, ischaemia); Huntington's disease; AIDS dementia; epilepsy; multiple sclerosis;
peripheral neuropathies (e.g., those affecting DRG neurons in chemotherapy-associated peripheral neuropathy) including diabetic neuropathy and AIDS peripheral neuropathy; disorders induced by excitatory amino acids; and disorders associated with concussive or penetrating injuries of the brain or spinal cord.
3 0 ChAT catalyzes the synthesis of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine, and it is considered an enzymatic marker for a functional cholinergic neuron. A functional neuron is also capable
• 10
WO 02/14536 PCT/US01/24822
of survival. Neuron survival is assayed by quantitation of the specific uptake and enzymatic conversion of a dye (e.g., calcein AM) by living neurons.
Because of their varied utilities, the compounds described herein, including those compounds identified by the methods described herein, find utility in a variety of settings. The compounds can be used in the development of in vitro models of neuronal cell survival, function, identification, or for the screening of other synthetic compounds which have activities similar to that of the compounds described herein, or compounds identified by the methods described herein. The compounds described herein, as well as those identified using the methods described herein, can be utilized in a research environment to investigate, define and determine molecular targets associated with functional responses. For example, by radiolabelling a bridged indenopyrrolocarbazole compound, or a compound identified by the methods described herein, associated with a specific cellular function (e.g., mitogenesis), the target entity to which the derivative binds can be identified, isolated, and purified for characterization.
The compounds, those described herein as well as those identified by using the methods described herein, are useful, inter alia, not only for enhancing trophic factor-induced activities of trophic responsive cells, e.g.. cholinergic neurons, but also may function as survival promoting agents for other neuronal cell types, e.g., dopaminergic or glutamatergic. Growth factor may regulate survival of neurons by signaling cascades downstream of the small GTP binding proteins that include, but are not limited to, ras, rac, and cdc42 (Denhardt, Biochem. J., 1996, 318, 729). Specifically, activation of ras leads to phosphorylation and activation of extracellular receptor-activated kinase (ERK), which has been linked to biological growth and differentiation processes. Stimulation of rac/cdc42 leads to an increase in activation of JNK and p38, responses that are associated with stress, apoptosis, and inflammation. Although growth factor responses are primarily via the ERK pathway, affecting these latter processes may lead to alternative mechanisms of neuronal survival which may mimic growth factor enhancing survival properties (Xia etal.. Science, 1995,270,1326). The compounds may also function as survival promoting agents for neuronal and non-neuronal cells by mechanisms related to, but also distinct from, growth factor mediated survival, for example, inhibition of the JNK and p3 8 pathways which may lead to survival by inhibition of apoptotic cell death processes.
PCT/USO1/24822
The present compounds are useful in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased ChAT activity or the death, injury to spinal cord motoneurons, and also have utility in, for example, diseases associated with apoptotic cell death of the central and peripheral nervous system, immune system and in inflammatory diseases. 5 The compounds described herein may also find utility in the treatment of disease states involving malignant cell proliferation, such as many cancers.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein, as well as those compounds identified by the present methods, include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, and amino acid 10 addition salts. Examples of the acid addition salts are inorganic acid addition salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate and phosphate, and organic acid addition salts such as acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate and lactate; examples of the metal salts are alkali metal salts such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, aluminum salt, and zinc salt; examples of the ammonium salts are 15 ammonium salt and tetramethylammonium salt; examples of the organic amine addition salts are salts with morpholi'ne and piperidine; and examples of the amino acid addition salts are salts with glycine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid and lysine.
Compounds provided herein, including those identified by the present methods, can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by admixture with pharmaceutically 20 acceptable nontoxic excipients and carriers. Such compositions can be prepared for use in parenteral administration, particularly in the form of liquid solutions or suspensions; or oral administration, particularly in the form of tablets or capsules; or intranasally, particularly in the form of powders, nasal drops, or aerosols; or dermally, via, for example, trans-dermal patches.
The composition can be conveniently administered in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art, for example, as described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Pub. Co., Easton, PA, 1980). Formulations for parenteral administration may contain as common excipients sterile water or saline, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils and vegetable origin, 30 hydrogenated naphthalenes and the like. In particular, biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers may
be useful excipients to control the release of the active compounds. Other potentially useful parenteral delivery systems for these active compounds include ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes. Formulations for inhalation administration contain as excipients, for example, lactose, or may be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel to be applied intranasally. Formulations for parenteral administration may also include glycocholate for buccal administration, a salicylate for rectal administration, or citric acid for vaginal administration. Formulations for trans-dermal patches are preferably lipophilic emulsions.
The compounds described above can be employed as the sole active agent in a pharmaceutical composition. Alternatively, they can be used in combination with other active ingredients, e.g., other growth factors which facilitate neuronal survival or axonal regeneration in diseases or disorders.
The compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered orally or non-orally, e.g., as an ointment or an injection. The concentrations of the compounds of this invention in a therapeutic composition can vary. The concentration will depend upon factors such as the total dosage of the drug to be administered, the chemical characteristics (e.g., hydrophobicity) of the compounds employed, the route of administration, the age, body weight and symptoms of a patient, etc.. The compounds of this invention typically are provided in an aqueous physiological buffer solution containing about 0.1 to 10% w/v compound for parenteral administration. Typical dose ranges are from about 1 fig/kg to about 1 g/kg of body weight per day; a preferred dose range is from about 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of body weight per day, and preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg once to four times per day. A preferred dosage of drug to be administered is likely to depend on variables such as the type and extent of progression of the disease or disorder, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound selected, and formulation of the compound excipient, and its route of administration.
The compounds, including test compound and compounds identified by the methods described above, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be administered alone, or in the form of various pharmaceutical compositions, according to the
PCT/U SO1/24822
pharmacological activity and the purpose of administration. The pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the present invention can be prepared by uniformly mixing an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an active ingredient,
i with a pharmaceutically acceptable earner. The carrier may take a wide range of forms 5 according to the forms of composition suitable for administration. It is desired that such pharmaceutical compositions are prepared in a unit dose form suitable for oral or non-oral administration. The forms for non-oral administration include ointment and injection.
Tablets can be prepared using excipients such as lactose, glucose, sucrose, mannitol and methyl cellulose, disintegrating agents such as starch, sodium alginate, calcium 10 carboxymethyl cellulose and crystalline cellulose, lubricants such as magnesium stearate and talc, binders such as gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose and methyl cellulose, surfactants such as sucrose fatty acid ester and sorbitol fatty acid ester, and the like in a conventional manner. It is preferred that each tablet contains 15-300 mg of the active ingredient.
Granules can be prepared using excipients such as lactose and sucrose, disintegrating agents such as starch, binders such as gelatin, and the like in a conventional manner. Powders can be prepared using excipients such as lactose and mannitol, and the like in a conventional manner. Capsules can be prepared using gelatin, water, sucrose, gum arabic, sorbitol, glycerin, crystalline cellulose, magnesium stearate, tal c, and the like in a conventional manner. 20 It is preferred that each capsule contains 15-300 mg of the active ingredient.
Syrup preparations can be prepared using sugars such as sucrose, water, ethanol, and the like in a conventional manner.
Ointment can be prepared using ointment bases such as vaseline, liquid paraffin, lanolin and macrogol, emulsifiers such as sodium lauryl lactate, benzalkonium chloride, 25 sorbitan mono-fatty acid ester, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and gum arabic, and the like in a conventional manner.
Injectable preparations can be prepared using solvents such as water, physiological saline, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil and peanut oil), ethyl oleate and propylene glycol, solubilizing agents such as sodium benzoate, sodium salicylate and urethane, isotonicity 30 agents such as sodium chloride and glucose, preservatives such as phenol, cresol, p-
hydroxybenzoic ester and chlorobutanol, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and sodium
pyrosulfite, and the like hi a conventional manner.
The invention is further illustrated by way of the following examples which are intended to elucidate the invention. These examples are not intended, nor are they to be construed, as limiting the scope of the disclosure.
EXAMPLES
Example 1: General Description of the Synthetic Processes and Examples
The general synthetic route employed to prepare the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles of this invention having formula II is shown in Figures 1 and 2. The general procedures for synthesis of the indenopyrrolocarbazoles (III)/(VIII) can be performed as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,705,511, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. When R1 is H, the lactam nitrogen of the indenopyrrolocarbazoles (III)/(VIII) is protected with an appropriate protecting group leading to (IV)/(IX). The protected compounds are treated with an appropriate base in anhydrous organic solvent(s), which results in the generation of a dark red solution which is believed to be the carbanion. Reaction of the carbanion with a bi-functional reagent (V) results in an electrophilic addition to the C=Y bond of (V) leading to the initial intermediate (VI)/(X). Treatment of intermediate(s) (VI)(X) and /or (VII)/(XI) with either a sulphonic acid or a Lewis acid, e.g. boron trifluoride etherate, provides the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles (I)/(II).
The lactam nitrogen protection strategy (shown in Figures 3 and 4) can be carried out by either an acid or a base-catalyzed process. The acid-catalyzed reaction can be carried out with a resin-bound reagent allowing immobilization of the indenopyrrolocarbazole (III)/(VIII) to a polymeric support, such as a polystyrene-based, Rink acid resin (XII) (Figure 3), providing (XIII). Alternatively, the acid-catalyzed reaction can be carried out with a soluble reagent to yield a compound (XIV) (Figure 4). The silyl-protected compound (XV) is produced under base catalysis (Figure 4).
Figure 5 describes several methods for preparing intermediate (V). Procedure (a) describes the transformations of various acetals (XVI) to (XVII, Z=bond). For example, ester-acetal/ketal (XVI, D = COOR) is completely reduced to the corresponding alcohol and subsequently oxidized (e.g., Swern or Dess-Martin oxidation) to the aldehyde-acetal/ketal (XVTI, R8 = H). Alternatively, ester-acetal/ketal (XVI, D = COOR) is partially reduced with
PCT/USO1/24822
DIBAL to afford aldehyde (XVII, R8 = H) directly. Similarly, reduction of nitrile-acetal (XVI, D = CN) with DIBAL gives aldehyde (XVII, R8 = H). Keto-acetals/ketal are prepared by addition of Grignard reagents to Weinreb amide-acetal/ketal (XVI, D = CON(OMe)Me).
Intermediate (XVII, Z=bond) can also be obtained by a two step procedure outlined 5 in Procedure (b). Addition of organometallic reagent (XIX) to acetal/ketal (XVIII) gives alkene (XX) which upon ozonolysis followed by a reductive workup affords keto-acetal/ketal (XVII). Preparation of intermediate (XVII, Z = heteroatom) by a two step procedure is outlined in Procedure (c). Coupling acetal (XXII) with alkene (XXI) followed by ozonolysis (with a reductive workup) of the resulting alkene gives keto-acetal/ketal (XVII). 10 Alternatively, intermediate (XVII, Z = heteroatom) is prepared by a two step procedure outlined in Procedure (d). Reaction of compound (XXIV) with acetal/ketal (XVIII) gives (XXV) which is transformed to keto-acetal/ketal (XVII) by the methods described in Procedure (a). Condensation of keto-acetal/ketal (XVII) with hydroxy lamines, hydrazines. N-alkyl-N-alkoxyamines, and amines gives intermediate (XXVI) bearing an electrophilic C=N 15 fiuictionality.
The resin-bound indenopyrrolocarbazole (XIII) (Figure 6, Method A) is treated with an excess of a Grignard reagent as a base, which results in the generation of a dark red solution of the carbanion. Subsequent reaction with (V) leads to products derived form electrophilic addition to the C=Y group. Aqueous workup and cleavage of the product(s) with 20 dilute acid (1 % TFA in methylene chloride) from the resin result in isolation of compound(s)
(XXVII) and/or (XXVIII). Treatment of intermediate(s) (XXVII) and/or (XXVIII) with either a sulphonic acid or a Lewis acid, e.g. boron trifluoride etherate, provides the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles (II).
A similar strategy is employed for reaction of the soluble lactam protected 25 intermediate, e.g. (XV) (Figure 7, Method B). However, in this case intermediate (XV) is treated with Triton B in pyridine as a base instead of-the Grignard reagent. Intermediate(s) (XXIX) and/or (XXX) can be isolated with the lactam protecting group intact, which is amenable to chromatographic purification. As in method A, (Figure 6), treatment with a Lewis acid (such as boron trifluoride etherate) provides the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles 30 (II), where R1=H.
The introduction of groups R3, R4, R5 and R6 can be carried out as described in US
Patents Nos. 5,705,511 and 4,923,986. the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. An R3 substituent can otherwise be introduced after the construction of the bridged indenopyrrolocarbazoles. as shown in Figure 8. The 3 position of the B ring is brominated with NBS providing compound (XXXI). A carbon fragment is subsequently 5 introduced by employing palladium-catalyzed Stille, Suzuki, Heck, Kumada or Castro-
Stephens reactions to provide compounds of the type (XXXII), (XXXTII), etc. In addition, compound (XXXI) can provide access to compounds where the bromine group is displaced with a heteroatom, e.g. an amine-based group by utilization of Buchwald's palladium catalyzed amination chemistry.
By an oxidative process, an oxygen linked group can be introduced at the indene carbon of the E ring, as shown in Figure 9, compound (XXXIV). This chemistry also results in oxidation of the methylene group of the lactam (A ring) providing an imide derivative, as shown.
Example 2: Preparation of Rink Resin-bound intermediates: (XIII-A), (XELI-B) and 15 (XIH-C), (Figure 3)
Example 2-A
A three neck round bottom flask fitted with an overhead mechanical stirrer and a Dean-Stark trap was sequentially charged with Rink acid resin XII (10.00 g, 0.64 mmol/g), 1-methyl-2-pyrolidinone (80 mL), benzene (350 mL), VIII-A (AI,A2=H2, B^B^O, 20 R3=R4=R5=R6=H)) (3.00 g) and/>-toluenesulfonic acid (1.00 g). The reaction mixture was wanned to reflux for 20 hours, and then filtered. The resin was washed with THF (5 x 175 mL) and the filtrate set aside. The resin was then sequentially washed with DMSO (4 x 100 mL), 2% aqueous NaHC03 (4 x 100 mL), water (4x100 mL), DMSO (2 x 200 mL), THF (4 x 100 mL) and ethyl acetate (4 x 100 mL). The resin was dried under vacuum (24 hours) to 25 afford 11.70 (0.47 mmol/g) of resin bound VIII-A, (XIII-A).
The original THF washings were evaporated, the residue was diluted with water (750 mL), and the resulting precipitate was filtered and sequentially washed with water, 2% aqueous NaHC03 (4x100 mL), and water (4x100 mL). After drying under vacuum, VIII-A (1.28 g) was recovered.
PCT/U SO 1/24822
Example 2-B
In a similar maimer, VIII-B (A^O, R3=R4=R5=R6=H), (0.5 g) was coupled to Rink acid resin XII (1.52 g) to afford 1.58 g of resin bound VIII-B, (XIII-B).
Example 2-C
In a similar manner, VIII-C (A^A2^, B^BMD, R3=R4=RS=H, R6=10-OMe), (1.02 g) was coupled to Rink acid resin XII (3.12 g) to afford 3.70 (0.46 mmol/g) of resin bound compound VIII-C, (XIII-C) along with recovered compound VIII-C (0.44 g).
Example 3: Preparation of Compound (II-l), Compound (II-2), Compound (II-3), Compound (II-4a),-Compound (II-4b), Compound (II-6) and Compound (11-8) (Method A, Figure 6)
Example 3-A
To a suspension of (XIII-A), (1.25 g) in THF (24 mL) was added a 1.0 M solution of EtMgBr (6.25 mL in THF) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour prior to the addition of HMPA (5.0 mL). After stirring for 10 minutes, diethoxybutyraldehyde (3.0 g) (which was prepared according to the literature procedure of Paquette, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1997, 119, 9662-71), was added, and the reaction was stirred for 20 hours. The reaction was quenched with 10% aqueous NH4CI (5 mL) and filtered. The resin was successively washed with 10% aqueous NH4C1 (3x10 mL), water (3 x 10 mL), THF (3x10 mL), DMF (3x10 mL), water (3x10 mL), THF (3x10 mL), and ether (3x10 mL). The resin was dried under vacuum, taken up in methylene chloride (15 mL), and treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.15 mL). After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated. The resulting residue was taken up in methylene chloride (20 mL) and treated with pyridinium tosylate (50 mg), and the resulting solution was stirred for 4 hours. At this time the reaction was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine, and dried over MgS04.
After filtration and solvent evaporation, the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8,4 x 25 cm, eluted with 60% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were neutralized with NaHC03 and extracted into methylene chloride (3 x 50 mL) and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, 70.2 mg of compound II-l was obtained as a white powder which had the following characteristics: 13C
NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 171.8, 143.3, 142.4, 141.4, 140.1, 140.0, 136.6, 129.2, 127.9, 127.4, 127.1,126.8,124.1 (2C), 122.7,121.6,121.5,118.3,112.1,88.1,79.2, 56.6,45.6,33.4,24.8; ]H NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.21 (d, J= 7.5, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 7.7, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= * 8.3, 1H), 7.71 (d, J= 7.3,1H), 7.49 (dd, J= 1.9, 7.4, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J= 7.5, 7.4, 1H), 7.36 -5 7.27 (m, 2 H), 6.86 (d, J= 6.0,1H), 5.63 - 5.58 (m, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.53 (d, J= 3.3, 1H),
2.23 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.96 - 1.92 (m, 1H), 0.96- 0.88 (m, 1H), 0.60 - 0.57 (m, 1H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 379, obsd 379.
Also isolated by preparative HPLC of this reaction product mixture was compound 11-2 (0.5 mg) which had the following characteristics: 1HNMR(DMSO-d6) 6 9.17 (d, J= 8.1,1H), 10 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J= 7.0,1H), 7.85 (d, J= 6.8,1H), 7.57 (d, J= 6.8,1H), 7.49 (dd, J =
7.9,7.4,1H), 7.44 - 7.26 (m, 3H), 6.81 (d, J= 6.0,1H), 5.43 - 5.33 (m, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 2.23 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.96 - 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.55 (m, 2H), 0.96- 0.88 (m, 1H), 0.60 - 0.57 (m, 1H), 0.29 (t, J= 7.0, 3H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 407, obsd 407.
Example 3-B
In a similar manner, as described above for compound II-l, resin (XIII-A) (70.3 mg)
was treated with l,l-diethoxy-2-pentanone (0.75 mL) ) (which was prepared according to the literature procedure of Sworin, et al., J. Org. Chem., 1988, 53,4894-6), to afford compound II-3 (3.5 mg) which was isolated by preparative TLC (silica gel, eluted with 50% EtOAc/toluene) and had the following properties: :H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 9.42 (d, J= 8.2,
1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J= 7.4,1H), 7.79 (d, .7= 8.3,1H), 7.71 (d, J= 7.1), 7.50 - 7.20 (m,
4H), 6.81 (d, J= 5.9,1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 1H), 2.35 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.75 -1.60 (m, 1H), 1.25 - 1.00 (m, 1H), 0.35 - 0.15 (m, 1H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 393, obsd 393.
Example 3-C
In a similar manner, (XIII-A) (74.3 mg) was treated with l,l-diethoxy-2-hexanone 25 (which was prepared according to the literature procedure of Brenner, J. Org. Chem., 1961,
26,22-7) (0.75 mL) to afford compound II-4a (2.10 mg) and compound II4b (1.06 mg) which were individually isolated by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8,4x25 cm, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). Compound Il-4a had the following properties: 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 9.30 (d, J= 8.3, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 7.2, 1H), 7.65 (d, 8.5, 1H),
PCT/USO1/24822
7.59 (d, J= 7.5), 7.48 (dd, J= 7.8, 7.2, IH) 7.39 - 7.15 (m, 3H), 6.31 (dd, J= 5.9, 5.5,1H), 5.02 (s, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 0.88 (s, 3H) other aliphatic signals lost under solvent peaks; MS m/z (M+H) calcd 407, obsd 407. Compound II-4b had the following properties: XH NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.43 (d, J= 8.1, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 7.3, 1H), 7.75 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J= 7.0, 6.4, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J= 8.2, 8.1,1H), 7.36 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.50 (s, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H) other aliphatic signals lost under solvent peaks; MS m/z (M+H) calcd 407, obsd 407.
Example 3-D
In a similar maimer, (XIII-C) (1.00 g) was treated with diethoxybutyraldehyde (3.65 g) to afford compound II-6 (87.8 mg) which was isolated by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8, 2.5 x 25 cm, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid) and had the following properties: 'H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 9.09 (d.. J= 8.6,IH), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J= 7.4,1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.3,1H), 7.47 (dd,/= 7.2, 7.0, lH),7.35(s, 1H), 7.29(dd,J= 7.0,7.0,1H), 6.98 (dd,/=8.6, 1.9,1H), 6.83 (d, 6.0,1H), 5.65 - 5.55 (m, IH), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.48 (d, 3.9,IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.25 - 2.10 (m, IH), 2.08 -1.85 (m, IH), 0.96 - 0.75 (m, IH), 0.65 - 0.50 (m, IH); MS m/z (M+Na) calcd 431, obsd 431.
Example 3-E
In a similar maimer, resin (XIII-B) (153.2 mg) was treated with diethoxybutyraldehyde (1.5 mL) to afford compound II-8 (3.6 mg) which was isolated by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8, 2.5 x 25 cm, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) and had the following properties: 'HNMR (DMSO-d*) 6 9.09 (df J= 7.9, IH), 8.81 (s, IH), 7.81 - 7.73 (m, 3H), 7.48 - 7.35 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J=7.6,7.5, IH), 6.85 (d, J= 6.2, IH), 5.63 - 5.59 (m, IH), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.61 (d, J= 3.6, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.21 - 2.13 (m, IH), 1.96 - 1.90 (m, IH), 0.87 -0.79 (m, IH), 0.61 - 0.56 (m, IH); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 379, obsd 379.
Example 4: Preparation of Compound II-7a and Compound II-7b (Method A, Figure
6)
Example 4-A
Preparation of (l,l-diethoxyethoxy)acetone
PCT/U SO1/24822
To a cold (0 °C) suspension of NaH (2.68 g, 60%) in THF (150 mL) was added a solution of 1,1 -diethoxyethanol (which was prepared according to the literature procedure of Zirkle, et. al.,J. Org. Chem., 1961, 26, 395-407) (9.00 g) in THF (20 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before adding methallyl chloride (8.0 mL).
The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight, cooled and filtered through a plug of celite. Solvent was removed by rotary evaporation, and the residue purified by column chromatography (silica, 20% ether/hexane) to give 1,1-diethoxyethyl methallyl ether (11.5, 90%). Ozonolysis of a chilled (-30 °C) solution of this ether (6.00 g) in EtOAc (80 mL) was carried out until no starting material was detectable by TLC (1 horn-). At this time, the 10 reaction was purged with, oxygen, treated with Pd(OH)2 (150 mg) and stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. The catalyst was filtered away, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, 20 % EtOAc/hexane) to afford the title compound (4.53 g, 82 %).
Example 4-B
According to Method A (Figure 6), resin (XIII-A) (230.2 mg) was treated with EtMgBr
(1.25 inL) followed by (l,l-diethoxyethoxy)acetone (Example 3-A) (1.2 mL). After workup and cleavage from the resin, a portion of the crude reaction product mixture (10.5 mg) was taken up in methylene chloride (20 mL) and treated with BF3 etherate (20 uL). After stirring for 2.5 hours, the solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and .brine prior to 20 drying over MgS04. After filtration and solvent removal, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8, 4 x 25 cm, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) to afford compound II-7a (2.34 mg) and compound II-7b (1.34 mg). Compound (II-7a) had Hie following properties: ^NMR (CDC13) 5 9.35 - 9.20 (m, IH), 7.87 (d, J= 7.6, IH), 7.62 (d,J= 7.0, IH), 7.60 - 7.45 (m, IH), 7.49 (dd, J= 7.7, 7.5, IH), 7.40 (d,/= 8.1, IH), 25 7.37 - 7.26 (m, 3H), 6.22 (s, IH), 5.20-4.85 (m, IH), 4.47 (s, IH), 3.67 (d,J= 12.7, IH) 3.52
(d,J= 11.8, IH), 3.40 (d, 12.7, IH), 3.38 (d, 11.8, IH), 1.91 (s, 3H); MS m/z(M+H) calcd 409, obsd 409. Compound II-7b had the following properties: 'H NMR (CDC13) 5 9.58-9.22 (m, IH), 7.82 (d, 7.4, IH), 7.60-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.37 - 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, J= 8.1, IH), 5.81 (s, IH), 5.21 (s, IH), 5.10 - 4.80 (m, IH), 4.59 (d, J= 13.5, IH), 4.38 (dd, J= 13.5, 30 5.3, IH), 4.21 (d, J= 13.1, IH), 3.82 (d,J= 13.2, IH), 1.13 (s, 3H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 409,
obsd 409.
Example 5: Preparation of Compound II-5 (Figure 8)
To a solution of compound II-l (8.1 mg) in THF (2 mL) was added NBS (4.6 mg), and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional NBS (4.5 mg) was added, and the reaction stirred for 2.5 hours. Insoluble material was filtered away and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (C-l 8, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were neutralized with NaHC03 and extracted into methylene chloride (3 x 20 mL) and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, compound II-5 (5.1 mg) was obtained as white powder which had the following characteristics: 'HNMR (DMSO-d6) 5 9.22 (d, .7= 7.4, IH), 8.67 (s, 1FI), 8.14 (s, IH), 7.86 (d, J= 8.7, IH), 7.72 (d,J= 7.0, IH), 7.63 (d, J= 7.8, IH), 7.42 (dd, J= 7.5, 7.3, IH), 7.35 (dd, J= 7.3, 7.2, IH), 6.86 (d, J= 6.0, IH), 5.63 - 5.58 (m, IH), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.54 (d, 3.1, IH), 2.30 - 2.14 (m, IH), 2.00 -1.82 (m, IH), 0.96- 0.88 (m, IH), 0.62 - 0.50 (m, IH); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 457/9 (1:1), obsd 457/9 (1:1).
Example 6: Preparation of Intermediate XV (Figure 4)
To a solution of VIII-A [A\A2=H2, B\B2=0, R3=R4=R5=R6=H)] (1.05 g) in DMF (25 mL) was added triethylamine (0.75 mL) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (TBS-C1) (0.65 g). After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and extracted into EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and brine and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, the resulting residue was triturated with ether to give compound XV (848 mg). The washings were evaporated to leave a residue that was purified by column chromatography (silica, 1% EtOAc/CH2Cl2) and gave additional product (502 mg, combined yield of 94%) that had the following spectral properties: !H NMR (DMSO-d6)5 11.94 (s, IH), 9.32 (d, J= 7.6, IH), 8.03 (d, J= 7.7, IH), 7.64 (d,/= 7.2, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 8.1, IH), 7.44 (dd, J= 7.7,7.6, IH), 7.39 (dd, J= 7.7, 7.6, IH), 7.32 (d, J = 7.3, IH), 7.25 (dd,J= 7.6,7.3, IH), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 0.99 (s, 9H), 0.46 (s, 6H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 425, obsd 425.
Example 7: Preparation of Compound II-l via Method B (Figure 7)
WO 02/14536 PCT/US01/24822
* -45-
A solution of Triton B in pyridine (0.45 M) was prepared by dissolving a 40% solution of Triton B in methanol (10 mL) in pyridine (10 mL). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure (20 mm Hg) to a final volume of - 8 mL. The residue was diluted with pyridine to 50 mL, filtered and stored under nitrogen. A solution of XV (20.3 mg) in pyridine (2.0 mL) was flushed with argon and treated with 300 (J.L of Triton B (0.45 M in pyridine) and diethoxybutyraldehyde (50 f-tL). After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction was extracted into EtOAc, washed with IN aqueous HC1, brine and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, the adduct was taken up in CH2C1, (10 mL) and treated with BF3 etherate (10 |nL). After stirring for 2.0 h, the solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCOs and brine prior to drying over MgS04. Removal of solvent by rotary evaporation gave a residue that was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8,2.5x25 cm, 65% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were neutralized with NaHCOs and extracted into methylene chloride (3 x 20 mL) and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, II-l (11.8 mg, 65% yield) was obtained whose 'HNMR and MS spectra and HPLC retention time were identical to material prepared and isolated by method A, described in Example 3-A.
Example 8: Preparation of Compound II-9 (Figure 8)
To a suspension of bromo compound II-5 (6.2 mg) in 1-propanol (4.0 mL) was added 3-aminophenylboric acid (3.8 mg). After stirring for 0.25 hour, Pd(OAc)2 (2.0 mg) Ph3P (4.8 mg), NaHCOs (2-8 mg), and water (2.0 mL) were sequentially added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 0.75 hour, cooled, extracted into CH2C12, and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, and solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to give a residue that was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8, 2.5 x 25 cm, 50% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were neutralized with NaHC03 and extracted into methylene chloride (3 x 20 mL) and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, compound II-9 (3.1 mg, 49% yield) was obtained and had the following spectral properties: *HNMR (DMSO-d6) 5 9.22 (d, J = 7.5, IH), 8.66 (s, IH), 8.00 - 7.25 (m, 8H), 7.12 (dd, J=7.1,7.0, IH), 6.95 - 6.80 (m, 3H),6.53 (d, J=6.0, IH), 5.63 - 5.58 (m, 1H),4.99 (s, 2H), 4.55 (s, IH), 2.25 - 2.10 (m, IH), 1.95 -1.90 (m, IH), 0..98 - 0.88 (m, IH), 0.65 - 0.57 (m, IH); MS m/z (M+H) calcd 470, obsd 470..
Example 9: Preparation of Compound 11-10 (Figure 9)
To a solution of compound II-l (5.0 mg) in DMSO (1 mL) was added NaCN (4.3 mg), and the mixture was warmed to 145 C for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled, extracted into 5 EtOAc, and washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried over
MgS04, filtered and evaporated to give a residue that was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8,2.5 x 25 cm, 55% MeCN/water w/ 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were neutralized with NaHC03, extracted into methylene chloride (3 x 20 mL), and dried over MgS04. After filtration and solvent evaporation, compound 11-10 (2.7 mg, 50% 10 yield) was obtained and had the following spectral properties: !H NMR (DMSO-d6) 5 11.4
(s, IH), 8.86 (d, J= 7.9, IH), 8.79 (d, J= 7.6, IH), 7.90 (d, J= 8.3, ]H), 7.62 - 7.55(m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J= 7.6,7.4, 3H), 7.40 (dd, 7.4,7.3 IH), 7.35 (dd, 7.5, 7.4, IH), 6.86 (d, J= 6.0, IH), 6.03 (s, IH), 5.40 - 5.30 (m, IH), 2.25 - 2.14 (m, IH), 2.03 - 1.90 (m, IH), 1.10 -0.98 (m, IH), 0.82 - 0.77 (m, IH).
Example 10: Preparation of Compound 11-11 (Method A, Figure 6)
According to the method A, resin (XHIa) (150.2 mg) was reacted with EtMgBr (1.0 mL) followed by ethyl 2,5-dioxopentanoate (Schmidt, et al., Synthesis, 1993, 809) (1.5 mL). After workup and cleavage from the resin, the crude reaction product mixture was taken up in methylene chloride (20 mL) and treated with BF3 etherate (20 |4.L). After stirring for 2.5 20 hours, the solution was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine prior to drying over
MgS04. After filtration and solvent removal, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax RX-8, 4 x 25 cm, 55%-75% gradient MeCN/water w/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) to afford compound 11-11 (6.4 mg) which had the following properties: ]H NMR (DMSO-dg) 5 9.36 (d, 1.1, IH), 8.68 (s, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 1.1, IH), 7.83 (d, J= 8.3, IH), 25 7.58-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.97 (d, /= 5.9, IH), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.82 (s, IH), 4.48 (q, J= 1.1, 2H), 2.42 -
1.91 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, 3H, 7=7.1), 1.25 - 0.63 (m, 2H).
Example 11: Preparation of Compound 11-12
A solution of compound II-l 1 (3.4 mg) in THF (2 mL) was treated with a 2 M solution of LiBH4 (1.0 mL in THF) and the reaction was stirred for 1.5 h. The reaction was quenched
by the addition of 1 N aqueous HC1 (4 mL). After stirring for 20 minutes, 10% aqueous NaOH (15 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted into methylene chloride (3x10 mL). After drying over MgS04, the mixture was filtered and solvent evaporated to afford compound 11-12 (0.32 mg) which had the following properties: 'HNMR (DMSO-ds) 6 9.35 (d,J- 7.7, 5 IH), 8.62 (s, IH), 7.98 (d,/= 7.7, IH), 7.83 (d,/= 8.2, IH), 7.75 (d, J - 8.2, IH), 7.50 - 7.25
(m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J= 7.7, IH), 6.11 (s, IH), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.71 (s, IH), 4.50 - 4.40 (m, IH), 4.30 - 4.20 (m, IH) 2.42 -1.91 (m, 2H), 1.25 - 0.63 (m, 2H); MS m/z (M+H) calcd. 409, obsd. 409.
Example 12: Enhancement of Spinal Cord ChAT Activity
ChAT is a specific biochemical marker for functional cholinergic neurons. Cholinergic neurons represent a major cholinergic input into the hippocampal formation, olfactory nucleus, interpeduncular nucleus, cortex, amygdala, and parts of the thalamus. In the spinal cord, the motoneurons are cholinergic neurons which contain ChAT (Phelps, et al., J. Comp. Neurol., 1988, 273, 459-472). ChAT activity has been used to study the effects of
neurotrophins (e.g., NGF or NT-3) on the survival and/or function of cholinergic neurons.
The ChAT assay also serves as an indication of the regulation of ChAT levels within cholinergic neurons.
Methods: Fetal rat spinal cord cells were dissociated, and experiments were performed as described (Smith, et al., J. Cell Biolog)', 1985, 101, 1608-1621: Glicksman, et al., J.
Neurochem., 1993,61,210-221). Dissociated cells were prepared from spinal cords dissected from rats (embryonic day 14-15) by standard trypsin dissociation techniques (Smith et al., supra.). Cells were plated at 6 x 10$ cells/cm^ on poly-l-omithine coated plastic tissue culture wells in serum-free N2 medium supplemented with 0.05% bovine serum albumin (BSA) (Bottenstein, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1979, 76, 514-517). Cultures were
incubated at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CC>2/95% air for 48 hours. ChAT
activity was measured after 2 days in vitro using a modification of the Fonnum procedure (Fonnum, Neurochem., 1975,24,407-409) according to McManaman, et al. and Glicksman, et al. (McManaman. et al., Develop. Biol., 1988, 125, 311-320; Glicksman, et al., J. Neurochem., supra.).
3 0 Compounds having fonnula II described in the examples are listed in Table 2. Values
PCT/USO1/24822
for R1, R4, R6, and R7 are H; Y is O; and n is 1.
Table 2
Compound
AjA2
BjB,
r2
R3
Rs
Rs
Z
m
II-l
0
H,H
H
H
H
H
bond
1
II-2
0
H,H
Et
H
H
H
bond
1
II-3
0
H,H
H
H
H
Me bond
1
II-4a
0
H,H
H
H
H
Me bond
2
II-4b
0
H,H
H
H
H
Me bond
2
II-5
0
H,H
H
Br
H
Me bond
1
II-6
0
H,H
H
H
lO-OMe
H
bond
1
II-7a
0
H,H
H
H
H
Me
O
1
II-7b
0
H,H
H
H
H
Me
O
1
II-8
H,H
O
H
H
H
H
bond
1
II-9
0
H,H
H
3'-NHrPh
H
H
bond
1
11-10
0
O
OH
H
H
H
bond
1
11-11
0
H,H
H
H
H
COr Et bond
1
11-12
0
H,H
H
H
H
CHr OH
bond
1
Example 13: pCDNA3-EE-MLK3, pcDNA3-EE-MLK3(K144R)
MLK3 was cloned as described (Lee, et al, Oncogene, 1993, 8, 3403-3410; Ezoe, et 5 al, Oncogene, 1994, 9, 935-938). cDNA was prepared from 200 ng polyadenylated melanocyte mRNA and 5% of the reaction was used as template to amplify a repertoire of PTIC cDNAs using mixtures of either two or four highly degenerate oligonucleotide primers derived from the consensus sequences of the conserved VIb and IX subdomains of known PTKs: PTK1, 5' -CGGATCC ACMGIGA Y YT-3' (SEQ ID NO:l); PTK2, 5'-10 GGAATTCCAWAGGACCASACRTC-3' (SEQ ID NO:2); PTK3, 5'-
CGGATCCRTICAYMGIGAYYTIGCIGCIMGIAA-3' (SEQ ID NO:3); PTK4, 5'-GGAATTIAYIGGAWAIGWCCAlACRTCISW-3' (SEQ ID NO:4). Forty cycles of PCR were carried out using Taq DNA polymerase (AmpliTaq; Perkin-Elmer/Cetus) and an
PCT/U SO1/24822
automated DNA thermal cycler; each cycle consisted of 40 s at 94°C, 2 min at 37°C and 3 min at 63 °C. The products of eight PCRs were pooled, treated with DNA polymerase (Klenow), cleaved with BamHl plus EcoRl and electrophoresed in a 5% polyacrylamide gel. Ethidium bromide staining identified a predominant 200-230 bp band which was excised, eluted and 5 cloned into M13 mp 18. In one experiment, part of the PCR amplified cDNA was not cleaved,
but instead was cloned blunt into M13mp 18 cleaved with Smal. Nucleotide sequences were determined by chain-termination sequencing method.
One cDNA, identified as PTK1, was used as a probe to screen human melanoma and melanocyte cDNA libraries. A clone, designated PTK1-3.2, included the entire open reading 10 frame of 2541 nt, coding for a protein of 847 amino acids. This cDNA was cut with Ncol,
blunted with DNA polymerase (Klenow), cut again with EcoRl and ligated into the vector pCDNA3-EE cut with BamHl, blunted and then cut with EcoRl. The vector pCDNA3-EE was constructed by inserting into the Hindlll/BamHl site an oligo that codes for a start codon followed by the EE epitope, MEEEEYMPME (SEQ ID NO:5) (Grussenmeyer, et al., Proc. 15 Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1985,82,7952-7954). The kinase-dead version of MLK3 was made by making the mutation K144R using PCR employing a previously published technique (Chen, et al., Biotechniques, 1994, 17, 657-659). The first, mutagenic oligo was 5'-GTGGCTGTGCGGGCAGCTCGCCAG-3' (SEQ ID NO:6) and the second oligo was 5'-GAGACCCTGGATCTCGCGCTT-3' (SEQ ID NO:7). Using MLK3 as a template, these 20 oligos were used in PCR to generate a fragment of 806 bp and employed in a second PCR
reaction using a T7 primer as the other amplimer and MLK3 as the template to generate a fragment of 1285 bp. The fragment was separated by agarose gel electrophoresis, isolated, cloned into pGEM-5 (Promega) and sequenced. The fragment was excised with Hindlll and Hpal, and inserted into pCDNA3-EE-MLK3 cut with Hindlll and Hpal. An additional point 25 mutation was detected atnucleotide 1342. To correct this, a Pfl Ml fragment (nt 1093-1418)
was excised from the wild-type MLK3 and used to replace the identical fragment in the K144R mutated MLK3.
Example 14: pFB-FLAG-MLK3
To obtain MLK3 protein, the cDNA was cloned into the baculovirai expression vector 3 0 pFB-FLAG. MLK3 was excised from PTK1 -3.2 by digestion with Nco 1, blunted with DNA
polymerase (Klenow), cut again withNotl and ligated into pFB-FLAG digested with Stul and Notl. pFB-FLAG is derived from pFB (Life Technologies) and has the coding sequence for the FLAG epitope (Hopp, et al., Biotechnology, 1988, 6, 1205-1210) with a start codon, MDYKDDDDK (SEQ ID NO:8), added to the polylinker in the BamHl site.
Example 15: pFB-GST-MLK3(KD)
Baculoviral expression of the kinase domain of MLK3 was achieved by excising the MLK3 fragment from the pGEXKG-MLK3(KD) using EcoRl and Xhol and ligating it into a pFB vector cut with EcoRl and Xhol in which the coding sequence for glutathione S-transferase (GST) had been cloned upstream. This was achieved by obtaining the GST coding sequence and polylinker from the pGEXKG vector by PCR using the vector as a template (Guan, et al., Anal. Bioch, 1991, 192, 262-267). The 5' oligo for PCR created a Bgl2 restriction site at the 5' end of the fragment. This isolated fragment was then digested with Bgl2 and HinD3 and ligated into pFB digested with BamHl and HinD3.
Example 16: pGEXKG-MLK3(KD)
A cDNA fragment that included both the MLK3 kinase domain and a portion of the leucine zipper (nt 736-1791) was obtained by PCR using the PTK1 cDNA. The isolated fragment was digested with the restriction enzymes EcoR 1 and Xho 1, sites that were included in the PCR oligos, and cloned into pGEX-KG digested with EcoRl and Xhol. This fragment in pGEX-KG was then shortened by PCR to include only the kinase domain (nt 736-1638).
Example 17: pKH3-MLK2, pKH3-MLK2(KA)
MLK2 was cloned using degenerate PCR (Dorow, et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 1993,213, 701-710; Dorow, etal,Eur. J. Biochem., 1995, 234,492-500). Segments of cDNAs encoding catalytic subdomains of protein kinases expressed in the epithelial tumor cell line Colo 16 were amplified from RNA by reverse transcriptase PCR. Degenerate PCR primers were based in sequences encoding conserved motifs in subdomains Vib and VIII of the epidermal-growth-factor receptor family kinase catalytic domains. Sequences of the primers were as follows: forward primer, 5 '-CGGATCCGTG(A)CACC(A)GT (CG)G(A)ACC(T)T-3' (SEQ ID NO:9), reverse primer, 5:-GGAATTCACCA(G)TAA (G)CTCC AG(C)ACATC-3' (SEQ ID NO: 10).
Several PCR products were cloned into Ml3 and sequenced using a T7 Super-Base sequencing kit (Bresatec). One 216-bp PCR product was used as a probe to screen a human colon Agtl 1 cDNA library (Clontech, catalog #HL 10346)). The fragment was random-primed labeled, hybridization was performed at 65°C and the filters washed to a stringency of 0.2X 5 NaCl/Citrate (150 mM sodium chloride, 15 mM sodium citrate, pH 7.0) and 0.5% SDS at
65°C. Filters were autoradiographed for 16h at -70°C on Kodak XAR-5 film. Four clones were isolated and the longest. 1.2 kb, was used to reprobe the same library using the same conditions. Four more clones were selected and one of these clones represented a 1034 bp fragment of MLK2. This clone was used to probe a human brain Xgtl 0 library. Approximately 10 500,000 clones were screened and one 3454 bp clone was isolated, representing the entire coding region of MLK2.
MLK2 was cloned, from the ATG to the polyA tail, into the vector pKH3 between the BamHl and EcoRl sites in two steps as there is a BamHl site in the middle of the MLK2 sequence. The vector pKH3 was constructed by inserting three copies of the HA epitope tag 15 followed by a BamHl site between the Xbal and EcoRl sites of the pRK7 polylinker. To make die mutagenized version, K125A, the MLK2 5' BamHl fragment was cloned into the Promega pAlter vector and mutated as recommended by the manufacturer. The fragment was then cloned back into the MLK2 pKH3 vector.
Example 18: pcDNA3-HA-JNKl
JNK1 cDNA was obtained as described (Coso, et al, Cell, 1995,81,1137-1146). The cDNA was obtained by PCR using as a template human skeletal muscle cDNA (Invitrogen) and was cloned into the Bgl2 / Sail sites of pcDNA3-HA, a modified pcDNA3 expression plasmid encoding the HA epitope (Wilson, et al, Cell, 1984, 37, 767-778). This was then excised from pcDNA3, including the HA epitope, and ligated into pGEX-4T3 (Pharmacia). 25 The JNK1 cDNA was excised from the pGEX-4T3 construct as a Bgl2 / Sail fragment and ligated into pcDNA3-HA, a vector with the HA epitope added in the HinD3/BamHl site of pcDNA3.
Example 19: pFLAG-DLK
DLK was cloned into the expression vector pcDNA3 with the FLAG epitope added as
PCT/USO1/24822
described (Holzman, etal., J. Biol. Chem., 1994,269,30808-30817). A fragment of the cDNA for DLK was isolated by degenerate oligonucleotide-based PCR cloning. Total RNA was extracted from embryonic day 13.5 kidneys (32 organs) and embryonic day 17.5 kidneys (16 organs) using a commercially prepared phenol/guanidine isothiocyanate reagent method 5 according to the directions of the manufacturer (TRIzol Reagent, Life Technologies, Inc.).
Following digestion with RNase-free DNase I, total RNA was reverse transcribed with RNase H-reverse transcriptase (Superscript, Life Technologies, Inc.) from an oligo(dT) synthetic oligonucleotide primer to single-stranded cDNA. Degenerate oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the protein tyrosine kinase catalytic subdomains Vib and IX originally 10 designed by Wilks (Wi\ks,ProcNatlAcadSci USA., 1989,86,1603-1607) were modified to
' EcoRl and z w d 111 sites, respectively ( 5 ' -ATAATTC(GT)GC(TAGC)GCCA(GA)GTC(TAGC)CGGTG-3' (SEQ ID NO: 11), 5'-ATAAGCTTCC(TC)(AG)T(GC)AAGTGGA(TC)(GC)GC(AGC)CC(CT)GA-3') (SEQ ID NO: 12). Forty PCR cycles were carried out for 1.5 min at 94°C, 2 min at 37°C, and 3 min at 15 63°C. Fresh reagents were added and an additional 40 cycles were completed before a final
-min extension at 72°C. The resultant 200-210-bp DNA amplification product was gel isolated, subcloned into a prepared pGEM7zf(+) plasmid (Promega), and transformed into Escherichia coli. Miniprep plasmid DNA was prepared from transformed bacteria and a portion digested with EcoRl and Hindill restriction endonucleases; clones containing inserts 20 were sequenced.
The 195-bp DLK cDNA fragment obtained from the degenerate PCR was radiolabeled and used to screen approximately 1 x 106 recombinants of aUni-ZAP II (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA), oIigo(dT)-primed adult mouse brain cDNA library (Holzman, et al., Mol Cell Biol, 1990, 10, 5830-5838). Filters were hybridized in a buffer consisting of 50% formamide, 5 x SSC, 25 3 x Denhardt's solution, 0.25% SDS, 1 mg/ml polyadenylic acid, and 200 mg/ml salmon sperm DNA at 42°C. Filters were washed once at room temperature in 2 x SSC, 0.2% SDS and twice for 30 min at 65°C. Twenty five unique clones were identified; 10 clones were purified to homogeneity, in vivo excised according to the protocol of the manufacturer and restriction mapped. The two longest clones (3401 and 3397 bp, respectively, differing only 30 at their 5' termini) were sequenced along both strands over their entire length.
The full-length Notl-Xhol DLK cDNA fragment (3401 bp) was subcloned into the
cytomegalovirus promoter based eukaryotic expression vector pcDNA3 (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) (construct designated pcDNA3-DLK). Next, a NH^-Met FLAG epitope (DYKDDDDK) (SEQ ID NO: 13) tagged construct (pFLAG-DLK) was made. The PCR was used to amplify cDNA fragments which encoded a 5' Hindlll site, DLK's Kozak's consensus 5 sequence including the initiation ATG, the FLAG epitope, and DLK cDNA open reading frame sequence extending from nucleotide 88 to an internal EcoRl site at nucleotide 758. (HPLC purified synthetic oligonucleotides used in equimolar quantities: 5'-ATAAAGCTTCCAGAGGCCATGGACTACAAGGACGACGATGAC AAGGCCTGCCTCCATGAAACCCGAACA-3' (SEQ ID NO: 14) for the FLAG construct 10 sense primer and 5'-GACAGGGCGGCCGGCTCT-3' (SEQ ID NO:15) for the antisense primer.) Gel purified Hindlll and iscoRI-digested amplified fragments were subcloned into the Hindlll-EcoRl to prepared pcDNA3-DLK plasmid. Constructs were sequenced along both strands to assure Taq polymerase fidelity and maintenance of reading frame.
Example 20: pcDNA3-MLKl
The 5' portion of MLK1 was obtained from the EST database (accession #
AA160611). This clone was a fusion between MLK1 and another cDNA of unknown identity. It contained previously unpublished 5' sequence of MLK1 along with part of the previously published kinase domain ofMLKl (Dorow, et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 1993,213,701-710). The MLK1 cDNA sequence from the EST clone is as follows: 20 GAATTCGGCACGAGAGGACTCGCAGGTGTCCGGCGACGAG
GGCTGGTGGACCGGGCAGCTGAACCAGCGGGTGGGCATCTTCCCCAGCAA CTACGTGACCCCGCGCAGCGCCTTCTCCAGCCGCTGCCAGCCCGGCGGCG AGGACCCCAGTTGCTACCCGCCCATTCAGTTGTTAGAAATTGATTTTGCG GAGCTCACCTTGGAAGAGATTATTGGCATCGGGGGCTTTGGGAAGGTCTA 25 TCGTGCTTTCTGGATAGGGGATGAGGTTGCTGTGAAAGCAGCTCGCCACG
ACCCTGATGAGGACATCAGCCAGACCATAGAGAATGTTCGCCAAGAGGCC AAGCTCTTCGCCATGCTGAAGCACCCCAACATCATTGCCCTAAGAGGGGT ATGTCTGAAGGAGCCCAACCTCTGCTTGGTCATGGAGTTTGCTCGTGGAG GACCTTTGAATAGAGTGTTATCTGGGAAAAGGATTCCCCCAGACATCCTG 30 GTGAATTGGGCTGTGCAGATTGCCAGAGGGATGAACTACTTACATGATGA
GGCAATTGTT CCCATCATCC ACCGCGACCT TAAGTCCAGC AAC (SEQ ID NO: 16). This translates to: NSAREDSQVS GDEGWWTGQL NQRVGIFPSN YYTPRSAFSS RCQPGGEDPS CYPPIQLLEI DFAELTLEEI IGIGGFGKVY RAFWIGDEVA VKAARHDPDE DISQTIENVR QEAKLFAMLK HPNIIALRGV CLKEPNLCLV 5 MEFARGGPLN RVLSGKRIPP DILVNWAVQI ARGMNYLHDE AIVPIIHRDL KSSN (SEQ ID NO: 17).
The 3' portion of MLK1 was initially cloned by degenerate PCR as previously published (Dorow, etal, Eur. J. Biochem1993,213,701-710). The protocol for cloning the 3' portion of MLK1 was as described above for MLK2 with the following exceptions, Of the 10 four clones obtained from rescreening the library with the 1.2 kb clone, three of the four clones represented MLK1. None of the clones included the entire kinase domain, which was obtained by PCR.
Phage from 1 jj.1 aliquots of amplified libraries (normal human colonic epithelia and human T84 colonic carcinoma cell line cDNA in X Uni-ZAPXR (Stratagene, cat #937204) 15 were lysed by suspending in 20 jal water and snap freezing. A 5 |j,l sample of the lysed phage was used as a PCR template in two reactions for each library. Primers representing the vectors were taken from nucleotide sequences flanking the cloning sites. In the case of the T84 colonic cell line library, the T3 and T7 sequencing primers (Promega) were used. In each reaction, one primer was from the 3' - 5' strand of the MLICl gene, approximately 1 OObp from 20 the 5' end of the known sequence. The second primer was one of the two vector primers. PCR
reactions contained IX PCR buffer, 2.5 mM magnesium chloride, 1U Tag polymerase (all from Bresatec), 0.2 mM dNTP and 0.4 mM each primer in a total of 50 jiL. Reaction conditions were 60s at 95°C, 90s at 52°C, 90s at 72°C for 30 cycles with a 15 min extension time in the final cycle. PCR products were cloned and sequenced as a described above. The 25 longest clone from the library screen and a PCR fragment that included additional MLK1
sequence were ligated together to create a 1.08 kb MLK1 cDNA in pUC18.
The MLK1 clone from the EST database was provided in the vector pBluescript (Stratagene). The MLK1 cDNA from the colonic library was ligated into the EST clone by digestion of the former with EcoRl, blunted with Klenow, then cut with AflTT. This isolated 30 fragment was cloned into the MLKl cDNA from the EST database cut with Xhol, blunted with Klenow, and cut with Aflll. This new construct was then excised from pBluescript by
PCT/IIS01/24822
digestion with Notl and Apal and ligated into pcDNA3-EE also cut withNotl and Apal. All cloning junctions were sequence verified.
Example 21: E.coli expression of GST-MLK3kd pGEXKG-MLK3(KD) was transformed into E. coli strain BL21 by electroporation. Bacteria containing the plasmid were inoculated into a 15 liter Applilcon fermenter in 10 liter volume ofthe following rich medium: 1.95 g/L K2HP04,0.9 g/L KH2P04,0.1 g/L anipicillin, 0.3 g/L (NH4)2S04,0.92 g/L MgS04 7H20,42.7 mg/L Na citrate, 21.8 mg/L FeS047H20,0.5 mL Pichia trace metals (Higgins, et al., Methods Molecular Biology, 1998,103,149-177), 20 g/L casamino acids, 40 g/L glycerol, 25.5 mg/L CaCl2. Bacteria were grown overnight at 800 rpm/68% dissolved oxygen/30°C until the culture reached an OD600 = 4.4. Recombinant protein production was induced by the addition of 1 mM isopropyl-P-D-thiogalactoside, with continued fermentation at 25°C for up to 6 hr. Bacteria were then recovered by centrifugation and the cell paste stored frozen at -20°C until purification.
Example 22: Purification of bacterial GST-MLKSkd
Partially-purified GST-MLO^ was prepared by sonicating 100 gm of bacterial cell paste in 100 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 5 mM dithiothreitol (DTT), pH 7.5 (buffer A). The solution was made 1% with Triton X-100, then stirred on ice for 1 hr. Supernatant solution after centrifugation for 45 min at 20,000 x g was mixed for 1 hr on ice with 10 mL glutathione Sepharose 4B resin (Pharmacia) equilibrated in buffer A. Pelleted resin was washed twice with 12.5x volume buffer A, then eluted with 20 mL 100 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCl, 5 mM DTT (buffer B), containing 20 mM glutathione, pH 7.5. Protein was dialyzed overnight against buffer B and stored in aliquots at -80°C.
Example 23: Baculoviral expression of FLAG-MLK3 and GST-MLKSkd
Recombinant baculoviruses expressing the FLAG-MLK3 and GST-MLK3ICD were produced from their respective transfer vectors, pFB-FLAG-MLK3 and pFB-GST-MLKB^ using the BAC-TO-BAC system (Life Technologies) according to the instruction manual. Suspension cultures of Sf21 cells (Vaughn, et al.. In Vitro, 1977,13, 213-217) were grown at 27°C/120 rpm in supplemented Grace's medium (Hink, Nature, 1970,226,466-467) with
% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS). To produce recombinant FLAG-MLK3, Sf21 cells at a density of 1.5 x 106 cells/mL supplemented Grace's medium containing 5% FBS were infected with a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 3.1 and harvested at 39 hr after infection. To produce recombinant GST-MLOkd, Sf21 cells at a density of 1.5 x 106 5 cells/mL supplemented Grace's medium containing 5% FBS were infected with an MOI of
2 and harvested at 41 hr after infection. In both cases, pelleted cells were resuspended in buffer comprised of 10 mM HEPES, 50 mM NaCl, 0.5 mM Pefabloc SC, 5 |_iM pepstatin, 10 jxg/mL aprotinin, 10 [ig/mL leupeptin, pH 7.4. Supernatant solution after centrifugation for 1 hr at 147,000 xg was readjusted to pH 7.4 with 3 M Tris base and then stored at -70°C prior 10 to purification.
Example 24: Purification of baculoviral GST-MLKSkd
Partially-purified baculoviral GST-MLIGkd was prepared by glutathione affinity chromatography. For 10 mL of cell extract (26.6 mg total protein), 1 mL of glutathione Sepharose 4B resin (Pharmacia) equilibrated in 10 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.4 (buffer 15 C) was added and protein was allowed to bind for 45 min at 4°C. Resin was then washed in column format with 30 column volumes of buffer C, then eluted with 5 column volumes of buffer C containing 20 mM glutathione. Pooled final product was dialyzed overnight against buffer C and stored in aliquots at -70°C.
Example 25: Purification of baculoviral FLAG-MLK3
Partially-purified baculoviral FLAG-MLIC3 was prepared by antibody affinity chromatography. Protein from 15 mL of extract (19.5 mg total protein) with an additional 0.1M NaCl was bound onto a 0.25 mL column of M2 monoclonal FLAG peptide antibody coupled to agarose resin (Sigma) by repeated loading (three times total). Resin had been equilibrated with a 5 column volume wash of 50 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.4 (TBS), 25 a 3 column volume wash of 0.1 M glycine, pH 3.5, followed by another 5 column volume wash with TBS, prior to chromatography. Recombinant protein was primarily eluted by 5 column volumes of 0.2 mM FLAG peptide (N-Asp-Tyr-Lys-Asp-Asp-Asp-Asp-Lys-C) (SEQ ID NO:18) in TBS. Protein was stored in aliquots at -80°C prior to assay.
Examplc 26: Dominant Negative Mutant: A dominant negative mutant of the MLK family blocks death in differentiated PC12 cells following removal of Nerve Growth Factor
The PC-12 cell line derived from a rat pheochromocytoma tumor has been used 5 extensively as a neuronal cell model for examining the molecular events leading to neuronal death (for review, see Troy, et at, Adv. Neurology, 1997, 103-111). Nerve Growth Factor (NGF) induces PC-12 cells to differentiate into a sympathetic neuronal phenotype (Greene, Cell Biol, 1978, 78, 747-755). NGF differentiated PC-12 cells are dependent on NGF for survival and undergo a morphologically described apoptotic death upon removal ofNGF from 10 the culture medium. A cell system was developed to determine the effect of members of the mixed lineage kinase family on PC-12 cell death following NGF withdrawal. PC-12 cells were transfected with cDNA coding for a dominant negative (DN) mutant of MLK-3 using Pfx lipid transfer system as recommended by the manufacturer (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA). A stable pool of transfectant expressing DN-MLK-3 was selected using G418 sulfate 15 (Mediatech Inc., Herndon, VA). Approximately 30% of cells in these pools express DN
MLK3 as determined by immunohistochemistry. Pools of cells stably expressing the mutant kinase were plated on polyornithine/laminin (10 ug/ml each in phosphate buffered saline) coated tissue culture 96-well format plates at a density of 2 x 104 cells/well and treated with 100 ng/ml ofNGF for 7 days. Medium containing the NGF was removed, the cell monolayer 20 washed with phosphate buffered saline and medium containing neutralizing NGF antibody
(cat. #N6655; Sigma. St. Louis, MO) at a final dilution of 1:1000 was replaced for 1-5 days. Cell viability was quantified by a cell viability assay using the conversion of the tetrazolium salt, MTS, to a colored formazan which was read at an absorbance of 570 nm on a CytoFluor 2350 (Millipore, Bedford, MA) as recommended by manufacturer (Promega, Madison, WI). 25 Stable pools expressing DN-MLK-3 were partially rescued from cell death caused by NGF
withdrawal (Figure 10).
Example 27: Assay for enzymatic activity of recombinant MLK protein
In order to demonstrate that the MLK protein expressed in either the baculovirus or bacterial expression system is enzymatically active, several assay formats may be utilized. 30 The MLK protein may be a full-length construct or a kinase domain expressed in either a
baculovirus or bacterial expression system. The assay may be antibody-based such as enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), time-resolved fluorescence (TRF), or fluorescence polarization (FP). The antibody may be monoclonal or polyclonal with reactivity towards phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, or phospho-specific substrate. Alternatively, anon-5 antibody-based method may be used such as radioactive gel-based assay (see Figure 11),
multiscreen trichloroacetic acid (TCA) precipitation assay (Figure 13), scintillation proximity assay (SPA), flashplate method, or phosphocellulose filter assay format (Figure 13). The assay may be designed to monitor direct phosphorylation of a substrate or a coupled assay system utilizing the downstream kinases in the signaling pathway. The substrate may be a 10 specific substrate such as SEK-lor a relatively non-specific substrate such as myelin basic protein (MBP).
Example 28: Kinase Assays:
(1) Radioactive Gel-Based Kinase Assay
The kinase activity of MLK-3 was assayed by monitoring the incorporation of 32P from 15 [y-32P]-ATP into a substrate of MLK (e.g. kinase-dead SEK-1; myelin basic protein). The 50-
jj,1 assay mixture contained Buffer A (20 mM MOPS, pH 7.2, 25 mM P-glycerol phosphate, 5 mM EGTA, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1 mM dithiothreitol), 15 mM MgCl2, 100 |nM ATP, 10 (JtCi [y-32P]-ATP, and 0.1 jig kinase-dead SEK-1 substrate (Stressgen, Inc; bound glutathione S-transferase-SEK-1 (GST - SEK-1) was released from glutathione-agarose beads 20 with 10 mM glutathione, pH 8.0) or 25 pg MBP (Sigma Chemical Co.). Reaction was initiated by adding MLK protein (kinase domain or preparation containing both full-length and kinase domain) or control protein. The mixture was incubated for 3 0 min at 3 0°C. At the end of the reaction 2x reducing sample buffer was added. The mixture was boiled for 5 min, loaded onto either a 12% SDS-PAGE gel (using MBP as substrate) or 8% gel (SEK-1 as 25 substrate). After electrophoresis, the gel was dried. Quantitation of phosphate incorporation into substrate, SEK-1, was performed on aMolecular Dynamics Phosphorimager (Sunnyvale, CA). Results of experiments designed to show the enzymatic activities of baculovirus-expressed MLK-3 (FLAG-tagged full-length or GST-tagged kinase domain) using kinase-dead GST-SEK-1 or MBP as substrate are shown in Figures 11A and 1 IB. 30 (2) Western Blot Analysis
The kinase activity of baculovirus-expressed MLK-3 was examined by immunoblot analysis. The 20-fil assay mixture contained Buffer A, 15 mM MgCl2,100 |^M ATP, and 0.1 jug kinase-dead SEK-1 substrate. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 30 min at 30°C, then quenched with 10 jal 4x reducing sample buffer. Proteins were separated on a 8% Tris-5 glycine gel and electrophoretically transferred to Immobilon PVDF membrane. The membrane was incubated with phospho-speeific SEK-1 (Thr223) antibody (New England Biolabs, Inc.) followed by horseradish peroxidase-labeled goat anti-rabbit IgG (Bio-Rad). Detection of the immunoreactive bands was performed via enhanced chemiluminescence (Amersham). The phosphorylation of kinase-dead GST-SEK-1 by FLAG-MLK-3 protein 10 (baculovirus preparation containing both full-length and kinase domain) is illustrated in Figure
12.
(3) Multiscreen Trichloroacetic Acid (TCA) Precipitation Assay
The kinase activity ofbacterially-expressed GST-MLK-3 kinase domain was assessed using the Millipore Multiscreen trichloroacetic (TCA) "in-plate" assay as described by Pitt, 15 etal. J. Biomol Screening, 1996.1,47-51). Assays were performed in 96-well Multiscreen
Durapore plates (Millipore). Each 50-jil assay mixture contained 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.4,20 mM MgCl2,20 mM MnCl2,2 mM DTT, 0.1 mMNa3V04,1 uCi [y-P32] ATP and 30 fig MBP substrate. The reaction was initiated by adding MLK protein and allowed to proceed for 15 min at 37°C. The reaction was stopped with 25 pi of 50% TCA. The plates were allowed to 20 equilibrate for 30 min. at 4°C, then washed with ice cold 25% TCA. Scintillation cocktail was added to the plates, and the radioactivity was determined using Wallac MicroBeta 1450 PLUS scintillation counter. The protein dose response versus formation of 32P-labeled MBP is shown in Figure 13.
(4) Phosphocellulose Filter Assay
The kinase assay was performed in a 50-jul reaction mixture containing 20 mM Hepes,
pH 7.4,20 mM MgCl2,20 mM MnCI,, 2 mM DTT, 0.1 mM Na3V04,1 uCi [y-P32] ATP and 30 |ag MBP. The reaction was initiated by adding MLK protein and allowed to proceed for 15 min. at 37°C. The reaction was stopped with 75 nl of 75 mM phosphoric acid. An aliquot of the quenched solution was loaded directly on the phosphocellulose membrane (Pierce). 30 Alternatively, the 96-well phosphocellulose multiscreen plate (Millipore) may be used. The membranes were washed with 75 mM H3P04. The bound 32P-labeled phosphorylated MBP
was eluted in collection tubes by adding 1 M sodium hydroxide. The radioactivity was determined by Cerenkov counting in a Beckman scintillation counter (Somerset, NJ). Tlie formation of phosphorylated MBP with increasing concentration of bacterially-expressed GST-MLK-3 kinase domain is shown in Figure 13.
Example 29: Assay to determine binding of compounds to recombinant MLK Family
K-252a (Compound III-3; see, Table 4), an indolocarbazole metabolite of Nocardia species, binds to a variety of serine/threonine and tyrosine kinases (Angeles, et al., Anal. Biochem ,1996,236, 49-55; Knight, et al.,Anal. Biochem., 1997,247, 376-381). A tritiated K-252a ligand was used to assess binding to human recombinant full length MLK-3 from a 10 crude preparation of baculovirus infected cells. [3H]K-252a was specifically labelled with tritium in the 3 and 9 positions through a contract with NEN Research products (Billerica, MA) and had a specific activity of 40 Ci/mmol. Binding reactions were performed in 1 ml in a 96-well plate. The reaction mixture contained 50 mM MOPS buffer, pH 7,150mM NaCl, 5 mM MnCl2,1 mg/ml BSA, 1 % DMSO and 0.25 nM [3H]K252a. The samples were carried 15 out in triplicate with a concentration of 5 ug/ml of crude baculovirus derived MLK-3. Non specific binding was defined as binding in presence of unlabeled 1.2 uM K252a and was subtracted from total binding to give specific binding. At this dilution 12-15 % of the total counts were non-specifically bound to protein and 75-85 % of these counts were specifically bound to MLK-3 (Figure 14). All experiments were performed for 2 hrs at 4°C. 20 [3H]K252a/MLK-3 complexes were collected on GF/C Whatman filters using a Brandel harvester, washed with cold MOPS/NaCl buffer and counted on a Wallac Micro Beta counter. A saturation binding experiment was performed to obtain a Kd for K252a. An example of the results from one of these experiments is shown (Figure 14). A Kd of 0.89 nM (Confidence Limits: 0.2 to 1.5 nM) was obtained.
Example 30: Intact Cell Assays
(A) Cos 7 Overexpression System Materials
K-252a and derivatives of this compound were provided by Kyowa-Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. (Tokyo, Japan) (Kanelco et al., 1997). Compounds were dissolved in cell culture grade
PCT/USO1/24822
dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and stored in the dark at 4°C. All dilutions of compounds were made in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 1 % bovine serum albumin. Hemagluttinin (HA) antibody was purchased from B AbCO (Richmond, CA). AP-1 (c-jun) substrate was purchased from Promega (Madison, WI). [y-^P]ATP (6000 Ci/mmol) 5 was purchased from Amersham (Arlington Heights, IL).
Cos7 Cell Culture
Green Monkey Kidney Cos7 cells were obtained from ATCC, Rockville, Maryland (CRL 1651) and maintained in DMEM containing 10 % bovine serum, 2 mM glutamine, 1 mM pyruvate, 50 U/ml penicillin/streptomycin at 37°C in 10% CO,, 90 % air atmosphere. 10 Cos7 cells were detached for passaging by adding 0.25 % trypsin.
(1) Overexpression of MLK family members and JNK1 in Cos7 cells
Cos7 cells were plated at 80% confluency and transfected with 2 ug each of cDNA constructs using lipofectamine as recommended by the provider (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, MD). A full length cDNA of human MLK-3, MLK-2, or mouse DLK or a partial human 15 MLK-1 as described above, and a frill length Hemagluttinin A-tagged human JNK1, kindly provided by J. Silvio Gutkind (NIH, Bethesda, MD), were subcloned into the pcDNA3 vector (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA). After a 48 hr transfection, the cells were treated with 0.025% DMSO or 500 nM of the indicated compounds for 2 hr followed by lysis in 0.4 ml Triton buffer (1 % Triton X-l 00,50 mM sodium chloride, 10 mM Tris (pH 7.6), 0.1 % bovine serum 20 albumin, 30 uM sodium pyrophosphate, 50 mM sodium fluoride, 20 ug/ml aprotinin, 1 rnM
phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride, 1 mM sodium vanadate). JNK activity from the lysate was assayed by an immunoprecipitation/kinase assay as described below.
(2) Immunoprecipitation and Kinase Assay from Whole Cells
Lysate from Cos 7 cells was measured for protein concentration using the Micro BCA 25 kit from Pierce (Rockford, IL) and equal amounts of protein were immunoprecipitated with the HA antibody for 1 hr at 4°C. Immunoprecipitates were pelleted by centrifugation in a microfuge centrifuge for 20 sec, resuspended in Triton buffer, washed by centrifugation 2 more times, followed by a final wash in Kinase buffer (20 mM Hepes pH 7.4,20 mM MgCl2, 2 mM dithiothreitol, 0.1 mM sodium vanadate). The immunoprecipitate was resuspended in 30 kinase buffer containing 1 |iM ATP and 5 fxCi [y-^PjATP and substrate (1 (ig/sample of AP-
1) and incubated for 15 min at 3 0°C. The kinase reaction was stopped by addition of reducing
sample buffer (Laemmli, Nature 1970:227;680-685). Samples were heated to 80°C for 5 min and loaded onto 10% SDS-polyacrylamide gels. Proteins were separated by electrophoresis. The gel was dried and quantitation of radioactivity in the AP-1 substrate was performed on a Molecular Dynamics Phosphorimager (Sunnyvale, Ca.). Results from experiments in which 5 MLK-3, MLK-2 and DLK are co-expressed with HA-JNK 1 and incubated in the absence or presence of K-252a are shown in Figures 15A and 15B. In contrast, a derivative of the parental K-252a compound named Compound III-3 (see Table 4), which is a more selective kinase inhibitor, did not interfere with the JNK pathway activated by another MAPKKK upstream of JNK, MEKK1 (Figure 15C).
(B) Whole-Cell Reporter Assay For MLK activated JNK
Attempts at deriving clones constitutively expressing the MLK family have been unsuccessful, suggesting that overexpression of the MLK's may affect cell survival (Bergeron et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 1997,231,153-155; Nagata, etal.EMBOJ., 1998, 17, 149-158). Therefore, in developing a whole cell assay for tracking MLK induced 15 biochemical events, a cell line containing a genetically engineered inducible expression system of the kinase of interest may be required. For example, a PC-12 cell line transfected with a tetracycline-controlled transactivator. When cells are further transfected with a gene of interest driven by the inducible promoter tetO, expression of that gene is tightly controlled by tetracycline in the medium (Shockett, etal.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1995,92, 6522). 20 To quantitate the activation of MLK, one can measure the phosphorylation of downstream substrates such as MEK4, JNK or c-jun in multiple assay formats as described above. Another approach to quantitate the MLK activation in whole cells is to use a reporter enzyme acti vity such as the c-jun luciferase reporter system commercially available through the PathDetect™ system (Stratagene, LaJolla, CA). In this system, the tetracycline-inducible 25 cell line is transfected with two plasmids. One plasmid constitutively expresses a fusion of the cJun NH2-terminal transactivating domain with the yeast GAL4 DNA binding domain (cJun-DBD fusion protein). The other plasmid carries the coding sequences for firefly luciferase driven by five tandem repeats of the GAL4 binding site. Upon activation of MLK, the downstream substrate of JNK, cJun-DBD fusion protein, is phosphorylated, binds to the 30 GAL4 binding sites, and induces luciferase gene transcription. Luciferase is easily assayed in cell lysates by addition of its substrate (Promega, Madison, WI) and measurement of
chemiluminescence.
Example 31: Association of Inhibition of MLK family members with Motoneuron Survival
Survival of Rat Spinal Cord Cultures Enriched for Motoneurons
Spinal cords were dissected from Sprague-Dawley rat fetuses (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA) of embryonic age (E) 14.5-15. Cells from only the ventral portion of the spinal cord were dissociated, and further enriched for motoneurons by centrifugation on a 6.5% step metrizamide gradient, as described previously (Henderson, et al., 1993), and were analyzed for purity by staining with low affinity neurotrophin receptor antibody (TgG-192, Boehringer-Mannheim) (data not shown). Cells were seeded onto 96-well plates previously coated with poly-l-ornithine and laminin (5 ug/ml each) at a density of 6 x 104 cells/cm2 in chemically defined serum-free N2 medium (Bottenstein, et al., 1979, supra). In order to separate attachment from survival effects, addition of compounds to cultures was made after an initial attachment period of 1-3 h. Neuronal survival was assessed after 4 d by using calcein AM (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) in a fluorometric viability assay (Bozyczko-Coyne, et al, 1993, supra). Microscopic counts of neurons correlated directly with relative fluorescence values. In brief, culture medium was serially diluted in DPBS (Dulbeccos phosphate buffered saline) and a final concentration of 6 uM calcein AM stock was then added to each 96-well. The plates were incubated for 30 min at 37°C, followed by serial dilution washes in DPBS. The fluorescent signal was read using a plate-reading fluorimeter from Millipore (Cytofluor 2350) at excitation=485 nm and emission = 538 nm. For each plate, mean background derived from wells receiving calcein AM, but containing no cells, was subtracted from all values. Linearity of the fluorescence signal was verified for the concentration and incubation time for the range of cell densities in these experiments. An example of the percent survival above control of motoneurons in the presence of test compounds at 250 nM is shown in Table 3.
Survival Of Cortical Neurons
Cerebral cortices were dissected from embryonic day 18 rat fetuses and enzymatically digested to obtain a single cell suspension. Cells were seeded at a density of 1.56 x 105/cm2
PCT/USO1/24822
onto poly-ornithine/laxninin coated 96 well tissue culture plates in serum-free Neural Basal Medium containing B27 supplements. Plates were coated with a solution of poly-ornithine/laminin (8 |ag/ml each) made in PBS for at least two hours at 37C. On in vitro days 5-7, cortical neurons were exposed to Ab25-35 (20(j.M) either in the presence or absence of test compounds. Ab25-35 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) stock solutions (1 mM) were prepared in deionized-distilled sterile H20. Relative neuronal survival was determined at 48 hrs post-peptide addition using lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) release as an indicator of plasma membrane integrity/cell viability. LDH was measured using the Cytotoxicity Detection Kit (Boehringer-Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Data is expressed as percent inhibition of DLH released relative to cultures treated with AB25-35 alone.
Table 3
Cortical
Motoneurons
Cos-7
Cos-7
Cos-7
Cos-7
Neurons
cells cells cells cells
Survival
Survival
% JNK
DLK
MLK3
MLK2
MLK1
Formula
% Control
% Control lnhib. @
% JNK
% JNK
% JNK
% JNK
@250nm
@250nM
500 nm lnhib. @
lnhib. @
lnhib. @
lnhib. (c
500 nm
500 nm
500 nm
500 nm ni1
46, 56
300
65
63, 73
98, 99
89, 67
97, 96
III2
41, 80
315
88
36,22,42
94, 94
69,44
92, 64
I3
22,54
111
88
,25
94, 93
0
79, 29
I4
29,39
165
97
58, 13,
84, 92,
0
63,38
52,8
90
'Compound has formula III where Z,5 Z2, Ri, and R2 are H; X is C02CH3; and R is OH. 20 2Compound has formula III where Z, and Z2 are H; X is C02CH3; Rj and R2 are CH2SCH2CH3;
and R is OH.
3Compound has formula I where Au A2, R[, R3, R5, and R^ are H; B) and B, together represent O; R2 is CH2CH2OAc; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl); and X is CH2.
4Compound has formula I where Ab A2, Rr, R3, R5, and R6 are H; B! and B2 together represent 25 O; R, is H; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyrimidinyl); and X is CH2.
PCT/U SO1/24822
Example 32: Immunoprecipitation of Endogenous JNK Activity from motoneuron cultures in the Absence or Presence of Indolocarbazoles or Fused Pyrrolocarbazoles
Purified motorneurons were plated at a density of 6 x 104 cells/cm2 in 16 mm diameter wells. Cells were allowed to attach for 2 hours prior to treatment. Cells were treated with 5 either 0.0125 % DMSO or 500 nM compound for 2 hrs in N2 defined medium. Cells were then rinsed with ice cold phosphate buffered saline followed by lysis in 0.4 ml Triton buffer as described above in example 30. Lysate from motoneuron cultures was normalized to cell number and immunoprecipitated with a JNK1 antibody (cat. # sc-474) purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA). JNK activity from the immunoprecipitates was 10 assayed in the presence of 32P-ATP and c-jun substrate as described above. The profile of inhibitory activity of the 4 test compounds was compared in motoneurons and in Cos7 cells overexpressing either DLK, MLK-1, MLK-2 or MLK-3 (Table 3).
Example 33: Correlation between inhibition of MLK3-induced JNK activity in Cos7 cells and cholineacetyl transferase activity in primary embryonic cultures
To determine whether inhibition of the JNK pathway regulated by these kinases correlated with neurotrophic compounds, we evaluated the effect of compounds on JNK activity in Cos7 cells overexpressing HA-JNK and MLK3. After a 48 hr transfection period, the cells were incubated with compounds at 500 nM for 2hr followed by cellular lysis. Lysate was immunoprecipitated and kinase activity measured as previously described. The results
are reported as percent inhibition of control sample where control is JNK activity in the presence of DMSO. As can be seen in Table 4, most compounds which were active in spinal cord and/or basal forebrain ChAT activity were potent inhibitors of MLK-3 activation of JNK.
PCT/IIS01/24822
-66-Table 4
Effect of Indolo- and Indeno- carbazoles on JNK activity in Cos7 cells overexpressing MLK3
1 Compound having formula III where Zx and Z2 are H; X is C02CH3; Rt is NHCONHC2H5; R2 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl); and R is OH.
2 Compound having formula m where Z, and Z2 are H; X is C02CH3; R, and R2 are
CH2OCH2OCH2CH3; and R is OH.
3 Compound having formula III where Z, and Z2 are H; X is C02CH3; R! and R2 are
Cholineacetyltransferase Activity
% Inhibition of JNK Activity (average)
Compound
Spinal Cord
Basal Forebrain
MLK3 in Cos7 cells
III-l1
+
+
84
m-22
+
+
96
m-33
+
+
94
i-i4
+
+
93
I-25
+
+
85
I-36
+
+
93.5
I-47
-
+
95
I-58
-
+
97
I-69
-
+
58
I-710
-
+
85.5
m-411
-
+
66
III-512
-
+
96
m-713
-
+
54
I-814
+
-
89
m-815
+
-
94
m-916
+
+
98.5
III-1017
+
-
78
I-918
+
-
88
I-1019
+
-
94
III-l I20
-
-
92.5
I-ll21
-
+
33
I-1222
-
-
11
I-1323
-
-
1
PCT/U SO1/24822
CH2SCH2CH3; and R is OH.
4 Compound having formula I where Ab A2, Rb R35 and R4areH;B] and B2 together represent O; R, is CH2CH2OH; R5 and R^ are OCH3; and X is CH2.
Compound having formula I where A,. A2, Rb R3, R5, and R^ are H; and B2 together 5 represent O; R2 is CH2CH2OAc; R4 is Br: and X is CH2.
6 Compound having formula I where Ab A,, Rb R3, R55 and R^ axe I-I; Bj and B2 together represent O; R2 is CH2CH2OAc; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl); and X is CH2.
7 Compound having formula I where A], A2, Rb R3, R4, R5, and Rg are H; B] and B2 together represent O; R2 is CH2CH2OH; and X is CH2.
8 Compound having formula I where A,, A2, Rb R3s R4, R5, and Rg are H; B, and B2 together represent O; R2 is CH2CH2CH2OH; and X is CH2.
9 Compound having fonnula I where Ab A2, Rb R2, R3, R4, Rj, and Rg are H; B, and B2 together represent O; and X is S.
Compound having formula I where A,, A2s R,, R3, R4, R5, and R<j are H; Bj and B2 together 15 represent O; R2 is CH2CH2CH2NHCO(4-(OH)Ph); and X is CH2.
11 Compound having formula III where Zb Z2, Rb and R2 are H; X is C02(CH2)4CH3; and R is OH.
12 Compound having formula III where Zb Z2, and Rb are H; R2 is CH2OH; X is C02CH3; and RisOH.
13 Compound having formula III where and Z2 together form =0; R, and R2 are Br; X is
C02CH3; and R is OH.
14 Compound having formula I where Ab A2, Rb R3, R5, and R6 are H; B! and B2 together represent O; R2 is H; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyrimidinyl); and X is CH2.
Compound having formula III where Zb and Z2 are H; Rj is Br; R2 is I; X is C02CH3; and 25 RisOH.
16 Compound having fonnula III where Zb Z2, Rb and R2 are H; X is C02CH3; and R is OH.
17 Compound having formula III where Zb and Z2 are H; Rj and R2 are CH2CH2SCH3; X is C02CH3; and R is OH.
18 Compound having formula I where Ab A2, Rb R2, R3, R5, and R^ are H; Bj and B2 togetlier 30 represent O; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridazinyl); and X is CH2.
19 Compound having formula I where Ab A2, Rb R3, R5, and Rg are H; Bj and B2 together
represent O; R2 is H; R4 is CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl); and X is CH2.
Compound having formula III where Z}, Z2, Rl5 and R2 are H; X is C02CH3; and R is OCH3.
21 Compound having formula I where A1; A2, Rl5 R3, R4, Rs, and R6 are H; Bj and B2 together represent O; R2 is (CH2)3-NH-C(=0)-3,5-dihydroxyphenyl; and X is CH2.
22 Compound having fonnula I where A1; A2, Rh R3, R4, R5, and Re are H; Bj and B2 together represent O; R2 is benzoyl; and X is CH2.
23 Compound having formula I where A,, A2} R1; R2, R3, R5. and Rg are H; B; and B, together represent O; R4 is CH=CH-C=N; and X is CH2.
Example 34: Gel shift assay for MLK activation:
Activation of MLKs can lead in induction of c-jun transcription, resulting in increased c-Jun protein. The increased amount of c-Jun protein can be measured by a standard assay, identified as agel shift assay. Garner, et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 1981, 9, 3047-3060, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Radiolabeled double-stranded DNA oligomers, that code for a c-Jun DNA-binding site, are incubated with a nuclear cell extract followed by acrylamide gel electrophoresis and quantitation of the radiolabeled DNA shifted to a slower mobility. This represents the portion of DNA that is bound to the c-Jun protein and is directly proportional to the amount of c-Jun protein in the extract.
Activation of MLKs can also induce c-Jun phosphorylation. This can be detected using antibodies which specifically recognize the phosphorylated form of the protein in detection systems such\as, for example, Western blots or ELISAs.
\
Example 35: Survival of Chick Embryonic Neurons
Materials
Leibovitz's LI 5 media, glucose, sodium bicarbonate, trypsin and antibiotics were from Gibco. Muscle extract was prepared as described (Henderson, et al., Nature, 1983,302,609-611, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). All other reagents were from Sigma, unless otherwise indicated.
Cell culture
Motoneurons (embryonic day 5.5) were isolated with an immunological method according to the procedure set forth in Bloch-Gallego, et al, Development, 1991, 111, 221-
232, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, with modifications as described in Weng, et al., NeuroReporl, 1996, 7,1077-1081, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Purified motoneurons were seeded onto 35 mm tissue culture dishes (Nunc) pre-coated with poly-DL-omithine and laminin (1 ng/ml, Upstate Biotech). The culture 5 medium was L15 with sodium bicarbonate (22.5 mM), glucose (20 mM), progesterone (2x10"
SM), sodium selenite (3xl0"8M), conalbumin (0.1 mg/ml), insulin (5 jig/ml), penicillin-streptomycin, and 10% heat-inactivated horse serum. Muscle extract was supplemented at 30 p.g/ml. Compound III-3 was prepared as a 4mM stock solution in DMSO and stored protected from light at 4°C. The final concentration of DMSO in treated and control cultures was 10 0.125%.
Paravertebral sympathetic ganglia (SG; embryonal day 12 (El2)), dorsal root ganglia (DRG;E9), and ciliary ganglia (CG;E8) were dissected from chick embryos at the indicated embryonic day as described in Lindsay, et al, Dev. Biol, 1985, 112, 319-328, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. After trypsinization and dissociation, the 15 nerve cell suspensions were plated onto polyornithine-laminin-coated culture dishes in Ham's
F14 culture medium, supplemented with 10% horse serum. Immediately after plating, survival factors were added at the following concentrations: Nerve growth factor (NGF), 20 ng/ml; ciliary neutrophic factor (CNTF), 10 ng/ml. Hie cultures were maintained at 37° and 5% C02 in a humidified environment.
Cell counting
Neurons were plated in 3 5 mm culture dishes with grids (Nunc). Selected areas of each dish comprising together about 10% of the surface scanned for the presence of phase bright cells immediately after plating and again after 48 h to assess survival percentages. Cell survival was confirmed by vital staining with trypan blue (not shown).
Intact DRG
Ganglia were placed in 96 well plates previously coated with poly-1-ornithine and laminin (5 ug each/ml phosphate buffered saline) in serum-free N2 medium (Bottenstein, et al.,Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 1979, 76,514-517, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) containing 0.05% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and maintained for 48 h at 37° 30 and 5% C02 in ahumidified environment. Treated ganglia received either 250 nM Compound
1II-3 or 20 ng/ml NGF 2 h after plating.
Compound III-3 supports the survival of chick embryonic peripheral neurons in a . concentration-dependent fashion
Withdrawal of NGF from dissociated cultures of E9 dorsal root ganglion sensory neurons (DRG) and El 2 sympathetic ganglion neurons (SG) cause them to undergo PCD 5 within 48 h. This was prevented by addition of Compound III-3 to the culture medium at the time ofNGF withdrawal. AT 1 |aM, Compound III-3 kept 94% of SG neurons and 890% of DRG neurons alive after 48 h (NGF-treated control: SG 65%, DRG 66%). Similarly, Compound III-3 promoted the survival of 76% of CNTF-dependent ciliary ganglion (CG) neurons after 24 h (CNTF-treated control 67%). In the presence of 10% serum, the survival 10 effects of Compound III-3 were concentration-dependent, with aplateau reached around 1 |iM
for all three neuronal populations (Fig. 16A-C). The surviving neurons showed extensive neurite outgrowth with thicker and more curved neurites as compared to control cultures. (Fig. 17 E-H). After four days, the survival promoting activity was still intact: DRG: Compound III-3 52%, growth factor-treated control 41%; SG:CompoundIII-3 83%,NGF-treated control 15 55%; CG:Compound III-3 58%, CNTF-treated control 50%). Under optimal conditions, the cultures could be maintained with Compound III-3 for one week and longer (not shown). Compound III-3 supports the snr\>ival of chick embryonic motoneurons in a concentration-dependent fashion
Cultured chick motoneurons can survive and extend processes in the presence of 20 muscle extract, whereas they die rapidly in its absence. In our experiments, after 48 h, 65%
of the motoneurons survived in the presence of muscle extract, in contrast to 14% of untreated controls. In serum-free conditions, the survival effect of Compound HI-3 was maximal at 300 nM, and was somewhat higher (79%) than that induced by muscle extract. The concentration-dependency of the survival effect of Compound III-3 in this system is different than in 25 peripheral neurons, since Compound ni-3 concentrations above 300 nM showed a progressively reduced effect (Fig. 16A). This might indicate a particular sensitivity of motoneurons to some aspect of Compound HI-3 activity. Morphologically, motoneurons rescued with Compound III-3 exhibited phase bright cell bodies and were able to extend long neurites. which appeared slightly thicker than those induced by muscle extract (Fig. 17). After 30 four days in culture, 56% of the motoneurons were alive with Compound III-, compared with
42% with muscle extract. At 300 nM, Compound Ill-treated neurons survived in vitro for at
PCT/USO1/24822
least a week (not shown).
Compound III-3 promotes neurite outgrowth from intact dorsal root ganglia
Results from the above experiments demonstrate that Compound III-3 not only promotes survival of embryonic neurons from the peripheral and central nervous systems, but 5 also resulted in robust neurite outgrowth. Many of these extensions appeared to be thicker than those elicted in the presence of growth factors (compare Fig. 17 A-D to Fig. 17 E-H). This effect was also observed in the neuritic outgrowth elicited from intact embryonic dorsal root ganglia cultured in the presence of 250 nM Compound III-3 (Fig. 18C). Neurites grew in response to both NGF (Fig. 18B) and Compound III-3; those elicited by NGF were much 10 finer and more branched than those grown in the presence of Compound HI-3 which appeared thick and possibly fasciculated.
Example 36: In Vivo Treatment
Developmentally Regulated Motor Neuronal Death in the Chick Embryo
The present example is described in detail in Glicksman, et al., J. Neurobiol., 1998, 15 35,361-370, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. On E6, a window in the shell of chick eggs (Spafas, Preston, CT) was made and either vehicle (5% Solutol ™ HS 15, polyethylene glycol 660 hydroxysterate; BASF Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen, Germany (in phosphate-buffered saline, pH 7.2)) or the specified dose of Compound III-3 in the vehicle was applied directly onto the vascularized chorioallantoic membrane once daily from E6 to 20 E9 as described in Oppenheim, etal., Science, 1991,251,1616-1617, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Embryos were sacrificed at E10 and their spinal cords were removed, fixed in Carnoy's solution (10% glacial acetic acid, 60% absolute ethanol, 30% chloroform), processed for serial paraffin sections, and stained with thionin. Every 20th section of lumbar segments 1-8 was counted according to previously described criteria 25 (Clarke, et al, Methods In Cell Biology:Cell Death, 1995, Schwart & Osborne, Eds.,
Academic Press, New York, pp.277-321, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Developmentally Regulated Motor Neuronal Death in the Neonatal Rat
Untimed pregnant Sprague-Dawley rats were obtained from Harlan Laboratories 30 (Indianapolis, IN). Female rat pups were injected daily, subcutaneously (SC), over the target
PCT/U SO1/24822
perineal muscles, with Compound III-3 in 5% Solutol ™ HS 15 or vehicle along starting on the day of birth (PI) and continuing for 5 days (P5). On P10 or P60, pups were decapitated, blood was collected in heparinized capillar}' tubes, and the region of the spinal cord containing the sexually dimorphic spinal nucleus of the bulbocavernosus (SNB) and the perineal area containing the bulbocavernosus (BC) and levator ani (LA) muscles were dissected after perfusion of the animals with saline/formalin. The region of the spinal cord containing the SNB was postfixed, embedded in Paraplast, sectioned at 10//m, and stained with Cresylecht violet (Nordeen, et al., Science, 1985,229,611 -673, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Motor neurons were counted at X500 in serial sections from the lumbar 5 to the sacral 1 region of the spinal cord as described previously (Nordeen, et al., supra). The microscopic enumeration was made on coded sections by an observer blinded to the treatment groups. Motor neuron counts were corrected for cell size and section thickness (Konisgsmark, Contemporary Research Methods in Neuroanatomy, Nauta & Ebbesson, Eds. ,1970, Springer-Verlag, New York, pp.315-340, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) and statistical analysis was by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). Perineal musculature was postfixed, decalcified, embedded in Paraplast, sectioned at 10/^m and stained with Milligan's Trichrome. Using bright-field microscopy (X250), BC and LA muscles in normal females and Compound III-3-treated females (405 animals/group) were positively identified by both their location and the presence of striated fibers. The outline of muscle tissue was traced from alternate sections using a projection microscope (62.5), and the cross-sectional area was measured using a digitizing pad and a computer-based morphometry system (Sigmascan, Jandel Scientific). Muscle volume was calculated by talking the total cross-sectional area and multiplying it by the section thickness, and corrected for the percentage of the structure sampled.
Collected blood was centrifuged for 5 min at room temperature; then, plasma was removed and frozen at -20 °C. Serum testosterone levels (6-7 animals/group) were measured by radioimmunoassay following the procedures set forth in Wingfield, et al., Steroids, 1975, 26, 311-327, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Axotomy-Induced Motor Neuronal Dedifferentiation in the Adult Rat
The left hypoglossal nerve was transected in the neck of adult female Sprague-Dawley rats (120-180 g) under Neumbutol anesthesia, and 50 of Compound HI-3 or its vehicle (5%
# 10
WO 02/14536 PCT/USO1/24822
Solutol™ HS 15) were applied to a piece of Gelfoam ™ (AJ Buck, Owings Mills, MD), then wrapped around the proximal end of the transected nerve. After 7 days, the animals were anesthetized and perfused with 4% paraformaldehyde in Sorenson's buffer, 0.07 M phosphate, pH 7.2. The brain stem was removed and 40- yum-thiclc serial coronal sections were cut on a cryostat (Chiu, et al, NeuroReport, 1994, 5, 693-696, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Every fifth section was processed for ChAT immunohistochemistry as previously described (Chiu, et al, J. Comp. Neurol., 1993, 328, 351-363, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) using a 1:350 dilution of an anti-ChAT monoclonal antibody obtained from Chemicon. Cells that stained clearly above background were counted in stained sections; the number of enumerated cells was expressed as the ratio of the number of ChAT-immunoreactive cells on the axotomized side of the hypoglossal nucleus versus the number of immunoreactive cells on the control (uninjured) side.
Compound HI-3 rescued rat embryo motor neurons from apoptotic death in vitro and inhibited a signaling pathway resulting in JNK1 activation in these cells (Maroney, et al., J. Neurosci., 1998,18, 104- 111. which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). To determine potential activity in vivo, Compound III-3 was assessed in two models of developmentally regulated programmed motor neuronal death and in a model of axotomy-induced dedifferentiation in adult motor neurons. In chicks, approximately 50% of the spinal cord motor neurons undergo PCD during E5-10 (Hamburger, el al,J. Neurosci., 1982,1,38-55; Purves, et al.,Body and Brain: A Trophic Theory of Neural Connections, 1988, Harvard "University Press, Cambridge, MA, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Application of Compound III-3 to the chorioallantoic membrane during this period prevented motor neuronal death in a dose-dependent manner (Fig. 19). Forty percent of the motor neurons that would normally die were rescued a the two highest doses tested (2.3 and 7 pig/day), while 25% of the motor neurons were rescued at lower doses (1.2 and 1.8 /^g/day) (Fig. 19).
During early perinatal life of female rats (late embryonic stage until postnatal day (PN) 4), more than 50% of the motor neurons in the SNB are eliminated via PCD (Breedlove, J. Neurobiol.. 1986,17,157-176, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In males, motor neurons in this nucleus innervate striated penile muscles involved I copulatory reflexes. Testicular secretion of androgenic steroids reduces SNB motor neuronal death in
males and prevents much of the atrophy of the BC and LA muscles innervated by the neurons. Administration of testosterone to female pups resulted in a fully masculine number of SNB motor neurons (Nordeen, et al., supra) and prevented BC and LA muscle atrophy (Waiman, et al., Endocrinology, 1941, 29, 955-978, which is incorporated herein by reference in its 5 entirety). Daily sc administration of Compound III-3 (PN 1-5) to female rats significantly attenuated motor neuronal death (Fig. 20A). Rescue of the SNB motor neuronal death by Compound III-3 occurred at two doses (0.5 and 1 mg/kg per day). Atthe maximally effective doses of 0.5 and 1 mg/kg per day, administration of Compound III-3 resulted in a 70% enhancement in motor neuronal survival which equaled the effect of testosterone (Fig. 20A). 10 Compound III-3 did not alter plasma testosterone levels of treated females. Radio immune measurement of plasma testosterone levels in the 1-mg/kg per day group resulted in no significant difference when compared to the vehicle control group (0.016 ± 0.008 ng/mL and 0.029 ±0.015 ng/ML standard error of the mean (S.E.M.), respectively).
To determine whether the Compound III-3 treatment was effective in long-term 15 maintenance of motor neuron survival, females were treated with Compound H3-3 (0.5 and
1 mg/kg per day) for the same time period PN (1-5). One half of the animals in the vehicle and both treatment groups were sacrificed on PN10. The remaining animals were then maintained without additional Compound III-3 treatment until sacrifice at PN60. As previously observed (Fig. 20A), Compound III-3 treatment resulted in a 70% enhancement 20 in motor neuronal survival (Fig. 20B). Furthermore, 100% of these rescued motor neurons were identifiable morphologically 55 days after the last treatment with Compound IH-3 (Fig. 20B). Compound ni-3 inhibition of motor neuronal death during the neonatal period permitted motor neuronal survival into adulthood.
Despite the clear demonstration and devastating effects of motor neuronal loss in adult 25 human diseases such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis adult motor neurons in most animal models of motor neuronal injury are resistant to death. However, axonal injury does result in morphological (Oppenheim, et al., supra) as well as biochemical changes (Oppenheim, et al., supra-, Rende, et al., J. Comp. Neurol., 1992,319,285-298, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety; Chiu, et al., J. Comp. Neurol, 1993, 328, 351-363, which is 30 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) in adult motor neurons that may mimic degenerative change preceding death in diseased in degenerating motor neurons. One
exaniple of this type of change results form axotomy of the hypoglossal nerve that innervates the tongue. Unilateral transection of this nerve in the adult rat resulted in the loss of 95% of the ChAT-immunoreactive hypoglossal motor neurons in the ipsilateral nucleus after 7 days (Chiu, et al, NeuroReport, 1994,5,693-696, which is incorporated herein by reference in its 5 entirety). The loss in ChAT immunoreactivity was not permanent. Four weeks following axotomy, 100% of the motor neurons had recovered control levels of ChAT immunoreactivity (Borke, et al.,J. Neurocytol., 1993, 22,141-153, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). ChAT immunoreactivity in the contralateral hypoglossal motor neurons was not affected (Chiu, et al, supra) (Fig. 21 and Table 5).
When applied in Gelfoam ™ to the proximal end of the hypoglossal nerve, Compound
III-3 dose-dependently attenuated the decrease in ChAT immunoreactivity in ipsilateral hypoglossal motor neurons assessed 7 days postaxotomy. The maximally effective dose (50 /ig) resulted in 40% more ChAT-immunoreactive motor neurons compared to the axotomized, untreated control (Fig. 21B and Table 5). There was a bell-shaped dose dependence with both 15 lower and higher doses resulting in survival greater than the untreated control, but less than that achieved at 50 /Ug. As was true with the SNB model, there was no associated weight loss, mortality, or gross tissue damage in these animals at any doses tested.
In three separate models of motor neuron degeneration in vivo, Compound HI-3 demonstrated neuroprotective activity: developmentally-regulatedPCD of lumbar spinal cord 20 motor neurons in embryos (Fig. 19), androgen-sensitive death of postnatal SNB motor neurons (Fig. 20), and axotomy-induced loss of a functional marker, ChAT, in adult hypoglossal motor neurons (Fig. 21 and Table 5). Compound III-3 was efficacious when administered peripherally by sc inj ection, applied locally to the cut end of a nerve, or directly overlaid on the chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane. In contrast to the parent molecule 25 K-252a, Compound III-3 was approximately fivefold more potent in mediating survival in motor neuron-enriched cultures (data not shown) and did not exhibit inhibitory activity against trkA tyrosine kinase and several serine threonine kinases (Maroney et al, supra; Kaneko, et al, J. Med. Chem., 1997, 40, 1863-1869, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
PCT/U SO1/24822
-76-Table S
Effect of Compound III-3 On Choline Acetyltransferase Immunoreactivity In Axotomized Hypoglossal Motor Neurons
ChAT-Positive Motor Neurons
Treatment n
Experimental/Control
%
Average/Group vehicle
2
/544
3.68
4.01
19/437
4.35
3.6 jig III-3
o
55/420
13.10
12.84*
72/572
12.59
|ig III-3
2
95/597
.91
19.01*
142/642
22.12
50 jug III-3
2
188/484
38.84
41.34*
278/637
43.85
ioo ng ni-3
L 4
465/920
50.54
| 32.61*
235/784
29.98
178/770
23.12
182/679
26.80
200 |ig III-3
2
99/461
21.48
24.96*
159/559
28.44
sham operated
2
350/335
104.48
101.24
292/298
98.00
Compound III-3 or vehicle were added in gel foam to the proximal end of the hypoglossa nerve immediately following its transection. After 7 days, animals were sacrificed and serially sectioned through the hypoglossal nucleus, and every fifth section was immunostained 15 with anti-CliAT antibodies. Counts of ChAT-positive neurons were made in the ipsilateral
(experimental) and contralateral (control) sides of the nucleus :l!p<0.05, statistically significant compared to control vehicle-treated animals.
An Inhibitor ofthe MLK-3 pathway demonstrates in vivo efficacy and blocks phosphorylation events downstream of MLKS in the MPTP model
MPTP was administered at a dose (40 mg/kg) that produces loss of striatal dopaminergic terminals and cell bodies in the substantia nigra. Tyrosine hydroxylase was used as a marker for dopaminergic nerve terminals in the substantia nigra. Systemically administered Compound III-3 attenuated the loss of substantia nigra tyrosine hydroxylase 5 immunoreactive neurons after MPTP lesion (Fig. 22A; Saporito et al., 1999). Since
Compound III-3 is a known inhibitor of MLK-3, activation of a downstream substrate of MLK-3 was measured in MPTP-treated mice. Levels of phosphorylated MKK4were measured using a phospho-MKK4 specific antibody (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) that recognizes the monophosphorylated form of MKK4 by either immunoblot (Fig. 22B) or 10 ELISA (Fig. 22C). MPTP administration elevated levels of phosphorylated MKK4 in the substantia nigra by up to 5 fold over control levels (Fig. 22B). Peak elevations occurred 4 hrs after administration of MPTP and coincided with peak CNS levels of MPP+. MPTP-mediated MKK4 phosphorylation was attenuated by pretreatment with 1 -deprenyl, indicating that these phosphorylation events were mediated by MPP+ (Fig. 22C). Moreover, MKK4 15 phosphorylation was parti ally inhibited with Compound III-3 pretreatment at a dose (1 mg/kg)
that produces protection against MPTP-induced nigrostriatal dopaminergic loss (Fig. 22C). These data demonstrate that MPTP ( MPP+) activates MKK4, a downstream substrate of MLK-3. Moreover, these data demonstrate that a Icnown inhibitor of MLK-3 inhibits activation of this kinase pathway in vivo.
Example 37: Inflammation
The induction ofIL-1 and TNF-oc by LPS in THP-1 cells and the effect of indolocarbazoles andpyrrolocarbazoles on their induction
Cells of the immune system were chosen since many kinases are involved in the regulation of numerous immunological functions, e.g., the induction of the synthesis of 25 cytokines and the induction of a cytokine's biological response. A recent report (Hambleton,
et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1996, 93, 2774-2778, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) showed that the treatment of monocyte-derived cell lines with LPS caused a rapid activation of JNK activity. When monocytes come in contact with bacterial endotoxins such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS) they produce the inflammatory cytokines, IL-1 30 and TNF-a. Inhibition of production of these two cytokines may be a useful treatment of
PCT/USO1/24822
certain inflammatory disorders of the immune system. These cytokines can be easily measured by commercial ELISA kits. We designed experiments to determine (1) if indolo-and fused pyrrolocarbazoles can inhibit the synthesis of IL-1 and TNF-a in our monocyte cell line THP-1, (2) if JNK is activated by LPS in THP-1 cells, and (3) if the activation of JNK by 5 LPS can be inhibited by indolo- and fused pyrrolocarbazoles.
Experimental Procedures
THP-1 cells were grown in RPMI1640 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. LPS (E.coli serotype 0111.B4, TCA extracted) was purchased from Sigma and dissolved in PBS. ELISA kits for assaying IL-1 and TNF-a were purchased from Boerhinger-10 Mannheim and assays on THP-1 culture medium were performed as directed by the manufacturer. Standard curves according to directions were obtained with each assay.
Experiments were performed in 12 well culture plates with either 1 or 2 ml of THP-1 cells at 4 X 105 cells/ml. IL-1 and TNF-a were induced by the addition of LPS to the culture medium and the medium collected at various times thereafter for cytokine assay. Cells were 15 removed by centrifugation and the supernatants frozen at -70°C until assay. To minimize costs experiments were performed in duplicate cultures and the duplicate supernatants were pooled after centrifugation. Each pooled supernatant was assayed in duplicate. Stock solutions of indolo- and fused pyrrolocarbazoles in 100% DMSO were diluted to the desired concentrations in either medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum or in medium containing 20 0.5 mg/ml BSA. Unless otherwise stated, compounds were added to the THP-1 cells 1 hr prior to the addition of LPS.
Assays for JNK activity were performed after immunoprecipitating the JNK protein from an extract of lysed THP-1 cells. Pelleted THP-1 cells were lysed on ice for 15 min in 500 |_il of Frac buffer (10 mM Tris-Hcl, pH 7.5, 50 mMNaCl, 30 uM sodium pyrophosphate, 25 1 mg/ml BSA, 1% Triton-X-100). The extract was centriftiged for 10 min at 14K and 5 |nl of
JNK antibody (Santa Cruz) was added to the supernatant. The extract was rotated for 60 min at 4°C, 75 |Ltl of washed protein A Sepharose (20% w/v in Frac) added and the extract rotated another 30 min to bind the antibody complex to the protein A Sepharose. The protein A Sepharose was washed twice with Frac buffer, once with 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.6, 20 mM 30 MgCl2, 2 mM DTT, then incubated for 15 min at 30° C in 30 p.1 of kinase buffer (20 mM
hepes, 20 mM MgCl2,2 MM DTT, 1 \xg recombinant c-jun, and 2 j^M ATP-y-32P, 2 |aCi. The
PCT/USO1/24822
reaction was terminated by the addition of 10 jal of 4X SDS gel loading buffer, heated for 3 min at 80° C, and the proteins were analyzed on a 10% SDS gel. The gel was dried, exposed to a Phosphorimager plate, and the radioactive bands were analyzed on a Phosphorimager.
Results from initial experiments indicated that LPS at 2 |ag/ml gave the maximum 5 yield of IL-1 and this concentration of LPS was used in all experiments thereafter. The minimum time after addition of LPS for maximum yield of the cytokines was determined by talcing aliquots of medium for assay at various times after the addition of LPS. The first experiment indicated that both IL-1 and TNF-ct attained maximum yield at less than 5 hr after the addition of LPS. Since the earliest collection time was 2.4 hr in the first experiment, a 10 second experiment was performed with medium collections starting at 15 min after the addition of LPS. The results of this experiment where only TNF-a was assayed showed that it attained maximum yield at 3 hr after the addition of LPS. No significant TNF-a was found in the medium until 90 min after LPS addition.
The rapid attainment of maximum yield indicated a very tight regulation of the 15 synthesis of the 2 cytokines - rapid synthesis and rapid down regulation. Cultures of cells were treated for 30 min prior to the addition of LPS with either Actinomycin D, a RNA synthesis inhibitor, or cycloheximide, a protein synthesis inhibitor. Medium was collected 3 hr after the addition of LPS and TNF-a was assayed. Both new RNA and new protein synthesis are required for TNF-a induction since no TNF-a was found in the medium of cells 20 treated with either inhibitor. The next experiments were performed to determine if Compound
III-3 would inhibit the induction of IL-1 and TNF-a. Compound III-3 inhibited the induction of both IL-1 and TNF-a with IC50 values of267 nM and 139 nM respectively. The results of these experiments were obtained with cells in medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum. Since the assays with spinal cord tissue and basal forebrain tissue for the neurotrophic activity 25 of compounds are performed in serum-free medium (500 [ig/ml BSA) it was of interest to determine the IC50 values for the inhibition of IL-1 and TNF-a in serum-free medium. When THP-1 cells were treated with Compound III-3 in serum-free medium (500 ng/ml BSA) the IC50 was reduced 10 fold from 269 nM to 23 nM. Unless otherwise stated all experiments performed hereafter were performed in serum-free medium. The inhibition by Compound III-30 3 of the induction of IL-1 and TNF-a in THP-1 cells suggests that Compound III-3 might be useful as a therapeutic in treating pathological conditions caused by the production of above
normal quantities of these cytokines. Septic shock is such a condition. Septic shock is caused by the growth of gram negative bacteria in the circulation which in turn release large amounts of the endotoxin, LPS. The LPS then stimulates primarily the monocytes and macrophages to produce large quantities of IL-1 and TNF-cc which then cause massive tissue damage and 5 in many cases death.
Several compounds were tested for their ability to inhibit TNF-a and compared with the ability to inhibit JNK. Results are shown in Table 6.
Table 6
THP-1 Cells
Overexpressed MLK3 in Cos 7 Cells
Compound
TNF-a IC50 nM
JNK % inh. 500 nM
JNK % inh. 500 nM
III-l
49.5
93.5
83.8
III-3
29
93
94
1-2
>5000
78.5
85
1-3
366
80.5
93.7
1-4
75.5
79.5
95
1-5
514
89
97.2
1-6
817.5
77.5
57.8
1-7
1009
74
85.5
in-4
462.5
81
66
III-5
4
84.5
96
III-7
590.5
11.5
54
III-8
11.5
51
94
III-l0
4298
48
59
1-10
4500
62
94
1-11
686
51
92.5
Effect of Compound 1II-3 on the induction of 11-2 in Jurkat cells
Experiments were performed to determine if Compound III-3 inhibited the induction
of 11-2 in Jurkat cells.
Experimental Procedures
Jurkat cells were grown in RPMI1640 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum. TNF-a was from Promega and anti CD3 and anti CD28 antibodies were from 5 Pliarmigen. Jurkat experiments were done in 200 jul in a 96 well plate. IL-2 was measured with an ELISA kit purchased from Boehringer Mannheim. The antibodies to CD3 and CD28 were allowed to bind to the plastic of the 96 well plate (18 hr in PBS) prior to addition of the Jurkat Cells. Cells were treated with compounds 1 hr prior to adding to the antibody coated plate. Antibodies to CD3 and CD28 were used to activate the T cell receptor and induce IL-2. 10 IL-2 was released from the Jurkat cells between 6 hr and 24 hr after initiation of induction
(Fig. 23A). No IL-2 was made constitutively (Fig. 23A CNT). The effect of Compound III-3 (1 hr treatment with Compound III-3 prior to induction) on IL-2 induction was next assessed (Fig. 23B). A Compound III-3 concentration of 500 nM inhibited IL-2 induction by greater than 80% (Fig. 23B). A more extensive dose response experiment was performed with 15 Compound III-3 and with Compound 1-4 which yielded IC50 values of 139 nM for Compound
III-3 and 207 nM for Compound 1-4 (Fig. 23C).
It is intended that each of the patents, applications, and printed publications mentioned in this patent document be hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
As those skilled in the art will appreciate, numerous changes and modifications may 20 be made to the preferred embodiments of the invention without departing from the spirit of the invention. It is intended that all such variations fall within the scope of the invention.
Claims (9)
1. Use of a compound that inhibits a multiple lineage kinase protein for the manufacture of a medicament for treating AIDS peripheral neuropathy, wherein said compound has a formula sclcctcd from (a) the formula wherein B and F. independently, each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form either an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from one to three carbon atom(s) may be replaced by nitrogen atom(s); or an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; or two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and nitrogen atom, or an oxygen and nitrogen atom; A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together represent O; R1 is H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl;COR9, where R9 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or aryl, preferably phenyl or naphthyl; -OR10, where R10 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive) ; -CONH2, -NR7R8, (CH2)nNR7R8, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive); or -0(CH2)nNR7R8; and either R7 and R8 independently are H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or R7 and R8 are combined together to form a linking group of the general formula -(CH2)2- X'-(CH2)2- where X1 is O, S or CH2; intellectual property office of n.z. 2 9 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -83- R2 is H, -S02R9; -C02R9, -COR9, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkenyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or a monosaccharide of 5-7 carbons (inclusive) where each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide independently is either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkylcarbonyloxy of 2-5 carbons (inclusive) or alkoxy of I -4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl ofl-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tetrahydropyranyl, NH2, -NR7R8, -NR1()COR9; -NRl0CO2R9, -NR'°CONR7Rx, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NRi0SO2R9, -S(0)vR", where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is 1 or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNRnR12, -CH=NOR", -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S02NR12R13(0R' ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either R12 and R13 independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2; each R3,R4, R3 and R6, independently is H, aryl, preferably an aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), more preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl; F, CI, Br, 1, -CN, CF3, -N02, OH, -0R9,-0 (CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, NH2,-CH2OH, -CH2OR14, -NR7R8, -NRl0COR9, -NRl0CONR7R8, -SR11, -S(0)yR" where y is 1 or 2; -C02R9, -COR9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, -CH=NORn,-CH=NR9, -CH=NNRMR12, -(CH2)nSR9, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive),- (CH2)nS(0)yR9, -CH2SRls where R13 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); -CH2S(0)yR14, -(CH2)nNR7R8, -(CH2)nNHR14, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkenyl of 1-4 carbons intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -84- (inclusive); alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tctrahydropyranyl, NH2. -NR7R8, -NRl0COR9; -NR10CO2R9, -NRi0CONR7R8, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10SO2R9, -S(0)yR", where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is 1 or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNRnR12, -CH=NOR", -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -SO^R^R'VOR1 ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either R12 and R13 independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2; X is either an unsubstituted alkylene of 1-3 carbons (inclusive); or X is an alkylene of 1-3 carbons (inclusive) substituted with one R2 group, preferably OR10, -SR10, R15, where R15 is an alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); phenyl, naphthyl, arylalkyl of 7-14 carbons (inclusive), preferably benzyl; or X is -CH=CH-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH>, -0-, -S-, -S(=0)-, -S(=0)2-, -C(R10)2-, -C(=0)-, -C (=NORn)-, -C(ORn)(Rn)-, -C(=0)CHR15)-, -CH(R15)C(=0)-, -C(=NOR1CHR15)-, -C(=NOR11)CH(R15)-, -CH2Z-, -Z-CH2-, -CH2ZCH2-, where Z is, C(ORll)(R11), O, S, C(=0), C(=NOR"), or NR11; or A1 and A2 together are each independently H, H; H, -OR11; H, -SR11; H, -N(Rn)2 ; or together represent =S or =NR''; B1 and B2 together represent O; and each R1, R2, R\ R4, R5, R6 and X are as defined above; or INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE OF N.Z. 2 9 SEP 2006 RFrpn/pn -85- A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together are each independently I I, H; H, -OR11, H, -SR11, H. -N(Rn )2, or together represent =S or =NRn: and each R1, R2, R3, R4, R\ R6 and X are as above; (b) the formula ring B and ring F, independently, and each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, are selected from the group consisting of: a) an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be replaced by nitrogen atoms; b) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring; and c) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either 1) one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; 2) two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen and a nitrogen atom, or two nitrogen atoms; or 3) three carbon atoms are replaced with three nitrogen atoms; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: a) H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl; b) -C(=0)R9, where R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; c) -OR10, where R10 is selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from z intellectual property office of n.z 29 SEP 2006 n r- nwtn -86- 1 to 4 carbons; d) -C(=0)NH2, -NRnR12, -(CH2)pNR1iR12, -(CH2)pOR10. -0(CH2)p0R10, and -0(CH2)pNR"R12, wherein p is from 1 to 4; and wherein either 1) R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; or 2) R11 and R12 together form a linking group of the formula -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2-, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -S-,and-CH2-; W is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons,-OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, -0C(=0)r9, -OCK^NR1 'r'2, -0(CH2)pNR"R12, -0(CHi)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, -OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -0C(=0)r9, -0C(=0)nr''r'2, -0(CH2)pnrnr12, -0(CH2)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl; R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: a) H, aryl, heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, 1,-CN, CF3, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -OC (=0)R9, -0C(=0)NR2R7, -0C(=0)NR"R12, -0(CH2)P0R10, -CH2OR10, NRnR12, -NR10S(=O)2R9, -NR10C(=O)R9; b) -CH2OR14, wherein R is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; c) -nr^CXK^NRnR12 -C02R2, -C(=0)R2, -C(=0)NR''r'2, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -(CH2)pNRnR12, -(CH2)pNHR14, or -CH=NNR2R2A wherein R2A is the same as R2; d) -S(0)yR2-(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -CH2S(0)yR14 wherein y is 0, 1 or 2; e) alkyl having from 1 to 8 carbons, alkenyl having from 2 to 8 carbons, and alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbons, wherein 1) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is unsubstituted; or 2) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of aryl having from 6 to 10 carbons, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, alkyloxy-alkoxy, hydroxyalkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, F, CI, Br, 1, -CN, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -X2(CH2)pNRnR12, -X2(CH2)pC(=0)NR"R12, -X2(CH2)P0C(=0)NR"R12, -X2(CH2)pC02R9, intellectual property office of n.z 2 3 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -87- X2(CH2)pS(0)vRl\ -X2(CH2)pNRl0C(=O)NRllR12, -0C( =0)R9, -OCONHR2. -O-tetrahydropyranyl, -NRUR12, -NRl0C(=O)R9, -NRioC02R9, -NR10C(=O)nr' 'r'2, -NHC(=NH)NH2, NRioS(0)2R9, -S(0)yR9, -C02R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -C(=0)R2, -CH2OR10, -CH=NNR2R2a, -CH=NOR2. -CH=NRy, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S(=0)2NR2R2A, -P(=O)(OR10)2, -OR14, and a monosaccharide having from 5 to 7 carbons wherein each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide is independently either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkylcarbonyloxy having from 2 to 5 carbons, or alkoxy having from of 1 to 4 carbons; X2 is O, S, or NR10; R7 and Rs are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, -(CH2)pOR10, (CH2)p0C(=0)NR"R12, and -(CH2)pNRnR12 ; or R7 and R8 together form a linking group of the formula-CH2-X3-CH2-, wherein X3 is X2 or a bond; m and n are each independently 0, 1, or 2; Y is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-. -N(R10)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, and -CH2-; Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -0-, -CH=CH-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -CH(ORl0)-3 -N(R10H -N(OR10)-, CH(NRnR12)-, -C(=0)N(R17)-, -N(R17)C(=0)-, -N(S(0)yR9)-, -N(S(0)yNRnR12)-, -N(C(=0)R17)-, -C(Rl5R16)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, and -CH (0(C=0)R9)CH(0C(=0)R9A)-, wherein R9A is the same as R9; R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, -C(=O)R10,-O (C=0)R9, hydroxyalkyl, and -C02R10; R17 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; A1 and A2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H,OR2; H, -SR2 ; H,-N(R2)2 ; and a group wherein A1 and A2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2; B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, -OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein B1 and B2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2; with the proviso that at least one of the pairs A1 and A2, or B1 and B2, form =0. (c) the formula intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 .RECEIVED -88- wherein Zj is H and Z2 is H or Z| and Z2 together form =0; Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, CI, CH2S02C2H5, Br, CH2S(CH2)2NH2, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NHn-C-4119, NHCONHC6H5, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2SC6H5, N(CH3)2, CH3, CH2OCONHC2H5, NHCO2CH3, CH2OC2H5, CH2N(CH3)2, OH, O n-propyl, CH=NNH-C(=NH)NH2, CH=N-N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH-n-C4H9, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1, 2, 4-triazine)],CH2CH2SCH3; H,C- HC= H,C- H,C- O -S- intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -89- and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, CI, I, CI I2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1, 2, 4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3, and CH2OH; X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH2OH, CH2NH-SerineH,C02CH3, C0NHC6H5,CH2NHC02C6Hs, CH2NHCO2CH3, CH2N3, CONHC2H5, CH2NH-Glycine, CON(CH3)2, -CH2NHCO2-, CONH2, CONHC3H7, CH2NH-Serine, CH2SOCH3, CH=NOH, CH2NH-Proline, CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), CH=NNHC(=NH)NH2, CONH(CH2)2OH, CH=NNHCONH2, CH2OCOCH3, -CI 120C(CH3)20-, CH2SC6H5, CH2SOC6H5, C02 n-hexyl, CONHCH3, C02(CH2)4CH3; and R is selected from the group consisting of OH, and OCH3; and (d) the formula h intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -90- wherein: Z| is H and Z2 is H or Zi and Z2 together form =0: Ri is H or Br; R2 is i i; R3 is H, CH2CH=CH2, CH2CH2CH2OH. or and R4 is H, CH2CH=CH2 or CH2CH2CH2OH.
2. The use of claim 1 wherein said compound has the formula wherein B and F, independently, each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form either an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from one to three carbon atom (s) may be replaced by nitrogen atom (s); or an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; or two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and nitrogen atom, or an oxygen and nitrogen atom; intellectual property office of n.z. 2 S SEP 2006 RECEIVED -91- A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together represent O: R1 is I I. alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl;COR9, where R9 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or aryl. preferably phenyl or naphthyl; -OR10, where R10 is I I or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive) ; -CONH2, -NR7R'S, (CH2)nNR7Rs, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive); or -0(CH2)„NR7R8; and either R7 and R8 independently are H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or 7 8 R and R are combined together to form a linking group of the general formula -(CH2)2-Xl-(CH2)2- where X1 is O, S or C-H2; R2 is H, -SO2R9; -CO2R9, -COR9, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkenyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably an alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); or a monosaccharide of 5-7 carbons (inclusive) where each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide independently is either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), alkylcarbonyloxy of 2-5 carbons (inclusive) or alkoxy of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl ofl-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -NO2, OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tetrahydropyranyl, NH2, -NR7R8, -NR10COR9; -NRl0CO2R9, -NR10CONR7R8, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10SO2R9, -S(0)yRn, where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is I or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNRnR12, -CH=NOR", -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S02NR12R13(0R' ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either R12 and R13 independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(C^h-X1-(CII2)2; intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -92- each R3,R4, R3 and R6, independently is H, aryl, preferably an aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), more preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl; F, CI, Br, 1, -CN, CF3, -NO2, OH, -ORVO (CH2)„NR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR4, NH2.-CH2OH. -CH2OR14, -NR7R8, -NR10COR9, -NR'°CONR7R8, -SR11. -S(0)yRn where y is 1 or 2; -C02R9, -COR9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, -CH=NOR",-CH=NR9, -CH=NNRnR12, -(CH2)nSR9, where n is an integer of 1-4 (inclusive),- (CH2)nS(0)yR9, -CH2SRb where R15 is alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); -CH2S(0)yR14, -(CH2)nNR7R8, -(CH2)nNIIR14, alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkenyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), preferably alkynyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); and either each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) is unsubstituted; or each alkyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive), alkenyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) or alkynyl of 1-8 carbons (inclusive) independently is substituted with 1-3 aryl of 6-10 carbons (inclusive), preferably phenyl or naphthyl; heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, 1, -CN, -N02, OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)nNR7R8, -OCOR9, -OCONHR9, O-tetrahydropyranyl, NH2, -NR7R8, -NR10COR9; -NR10CO2R9, -NRioCONR7R8, -NHC(=NH)NH2, -NR10SO2R9, -S(0)yRu, where R11 is H or alkyl of 1-4 carbons, aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl and y is 1 or 2; -SR11, -C02R9, -CONR7R8, -CHO, COR9, -CH2OR7, -CH=NNRnR12, -CH=NORn, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S02NRi2R13(0R' ')2, or OR14 where R14 is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; and either R12 and R13 independently are H, alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive), aryl of 6-10 carbons, preferably phenyl or naphthyl, or heteroaryl; or R12 and R13 are combined together to form a linking group, preferably -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2; X is either an unsubstituted alkylene of 1-3 carbons (inclusive); or X is an alkylene of 1-3 carbons (inclusive) substituted with one R2 group, preferably OR10, -SR10, Rb, where R13 is an alkyl of 1-4 carbons (inclusive); phenyl, naphthyl, arylalkyl of 7-14 carbons (inclusive), preferably benzyl; or intellectual property office of n.z. 2 3 SEP 2006 BPrFIVED -93- X is -C11CH-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-. -O-, -S-, -S(=0)-, -S(=0)2-. -C(RI0)2-, -C(=0)-, -C (=NOR"K -C(ORii)(R11)-, -C(=())CHR15)-, -CH(RI5)C(=0)-. -C(=NORiCHR15)-, -C(NOR")CH(R15)-, -CH2Z-, -Z-C.lh-, -CH2ZCH2-, Where Z is, C(ORn)(R"), O, S, C(=0), C(=NOR"), or NR"; or A1 and A2 together are each independently H, H; I I, -OR11 ; H, -SR111, -N(R' ')2 ; or together represent =S or =NR"; B1 and B" together represent O; and each R1, R2, R3, R4, R3, R6 and X are as defined above; or A1 and A2 together represent O, and B1 and B2 together are each independently H, I I; H, -OR11, H, -SR", H, -N(Ru)2, or together represent =S or =NRn: and each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and X are as above.
3. The use of claim 2 wherein A1, A2, R1, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are H; B1 and B2 together represent O; R2 is CH2CTI2OH; and X is CH2.
4. The use of claim 1 wherein said compound has the fonnula ring B and ring F, independently, and each together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, are selected from the group consisting of: a) an unsaturated 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which from 1 to 3 carbon atoms may be replaced by nitrogen atoms; b) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring; and c) an unsaturated 5-membered carbocyclic aromatic ring in which either i intellectual property office of n.z. 29 SEP 2006 ocrPiUFD -94- 1) one carbon atom is replaced with an oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atom; 2) two carbon atoms are replaced with a sulfur and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen and a nitrogen atom, or two nitrogen atoms; or 3) three carbon atoms are replaced with three nitrogen atoms; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: a) H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl; b) -C(=0)R9. where R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; c) -OR10, where R10 is selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; d) -C(=0)NH2, -NRnR12, -(CH2)pNR"R12, -(CH2)pOR10, -0(CH2)p0R10, and -0(CH2)pNR"R12, wherein p is from 1 to 4; and wherein either 1) R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons; or 2) R11 and R12 together form a linking group of the fonnula -(CH2)2-X'-(CH2)2-, wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of-O-, -S-,and-CH2-; W is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons,-OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, -0C(=0)R9, -0C(=0)NRnR12, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -0(CH2)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, -OH, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -0C(=0)R9, -0C(=0)NR''R12, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -0(CH2)p0R10, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl; R3, R4, R\ and R6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: a) H, aryl, heteroaryl, F, CI, Br, 1,-CN, CF3, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -0(CH2)pNRnR12, -OC (=0)R9, -0C(=0)NR2R7, -0C(=0)NRnR12, -0(CH2)P0R10, -CH2OR10. NRmR12, -NRi0S(=O)2R9, -NR10C(=O)R9; b) -CH2OR14, wherein R is the residue of an amino acid after the hydroxyl group of the carboxyl group is removed; intellectual propertv office OF til 29 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -95- c) -NRl0C(=O)NRMR12' -C02R2, -C(=0)R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -(CH2)pNRnR12, -(CH2)pNHR14. or -CH=NNR2R2A wherein R2A is the same as R2; d) -S(0)yR2-(CH2)pS(0)vR4, -CH2S(0)yR14 wherein y is 0, 1 or 2; e) alkyl having from 1 to 8 carbons, alkenyl having from 2 to 8 carbons, and alkynyl having 2 to 8 carbons, wherein 1) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is unsubstituted; or 2) each alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of aryl having from 6 to 10 carbons, heteroaryl, arylalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, hydroxyalkoxy, alkyloxy-alkoxy, hydroxyalkylthio, alkoxy-alkylthio, F, CI, Br, i, -CN, -N02, -OH, -OR9, -X2(CH2)pNRnR12, -X2(CH2)pC(=0)NR11R12, -X2(CH2)p0C(=0)NR"R12, -X2(CH2)pC02R9, X2(CH2)pS(0)yR9, -X2(CH2)pNR10C(=O)NR11R12, -OC( =0)R9, -OCONHR2, -O-tetrahydropyranyl, -NRnR12, -NR10C(=O)R9, -NRioC02R9. -NR10C(=O)NRnR12, -NHC(=NH)NH2, NRioS(0)2R9, -S(0)yR9, -C02R2, -C(=0)NRnR12, -C(=0)R2, -CH2OR10, -CH=NNR2R2A, -CH=NOR2, -CH=NR9, -CH=NNHCH(N=NH)NH2, -S(=0)2NR2R2A, -P(=O)(OR10)2, -OR14, and a monosaccharide having from 5 to 7 carbons wherein each hydroxyl group of the monosaccharide is independently either unsubstituted or is replaced by H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkylcarbonyloxy having from 2 to 5 carbons, or alkoxy having from of 1 to 4 carbons; X2 is O, S, orNR10; r7 and r8 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbons, alkoxy having from 1 to 4 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl having from 6 to 10 carbons, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, -(CH2)pOR10, (CH2)p0C(=0)NRllR12, and -(CH2)pNR' 'r'2 ; or r7 and r8 together form a linking group of the formula-CH2-X3-CH2-, wherein X3 is X2 or a bond; m and n are each independently 0, 1, or 2; Y is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -N(R10)-, -N+(0")(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, and -CH2-; Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -O-, -CH=CH-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -CH(OR10)-, -N(R10)-, -N(OR10)-, CH(NRnR12)-, -C(=0)N(R17)-, -N(R17)C(=0)-, -N(S(0)yR9)-, -N(S(0)vNR"R12)-, -N(C(=0)R17)-, -C(R15R16)-, -N+(O-)(R10K -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, and -CH (0(C=0)R9)CH(0C(=0)R9A)-, wherein R9A is the same as R9 ; intellectual property office of N.Z 2 9 SEP 2006 -96- Rb and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H. -OH, -C(=0)RIO,-0 (C=0)Ry, hydroxyalkyl, and -C02R10: R17 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl: A1 and A2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H,OR" ; H, -SR2 ; H,-N(R2fe ; and a group wherein A1 and A2 together form a moiety selected from the group consistingof =0, =S, and =NR2; B1 and B2 are selected from the group consisting of H, H; H, -OR2; H, -SR2; H, -N(R2)2; and a group wherein B1 and B2 together form a moiety selected from the group consisting of =0, =S, and =NR2; with the proviso that at least one of the pairs A1 and A2, or B1 and B2, form =0. wherein Zi is H and Z2 is H or Zi and Z2 together form =0; Ri is selected from the group consisting of H, CI, CH2SO2C2H5, Br, CH2S(CH2)2NH2, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NHn-C4H9, NHCONHC6H5, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2SC6H5, N(CH3)2, CI I3, CH2OCONHC2H5, NHC02CH3, CH2OC2H5, CH2N(CH3)2, OH, O n-propyl, CH=NNH-C(=NH)NH2, CH=N-N(CH3)2, CH2S(CH2)2NH-n-C4H9, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(l, 2, 4-triazine)],CH2CH2SCH3; intellectual property office of n.z. 2 9 SEP 2006 RECEIVED -97- and R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, CI, I, CH2S(CH2)2N(CH3)2, NHCONHC2H5, CH2SC2H5, CH2OCH2OCH2CH3, CH2S[3-(1, 2, 4-triazine)], CH2CH2SCH3, and CH2OII; X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH2OH, CH2NH-SerineH,C02CH3, C0NHC6H5,CH2NHC02C6H5, CH2NHCO2CH3, CH2N3, CONHC2H5, CH2NH-Glycine, CON(CH3)2, -CH2NHC02-, CONH2, CONHC3H7, CH2NH-Serine, CH2SOCH3, CH=NOH, CH2NH-Proline, CH2CH2(2-Pyridyl), CH=NNHC(=NH)NH2, CONH(CH2)2OH, CH=NNHCONH2, CH2OCOCH3, -CH20C(CH3)20-, CH2SC6H5, CH2SOC6H
5, C02 n-hexyl, CONHCH3, C02(CH2)4CH3; intellectual property office of n.z, 29 SEP 2006 Dcrciwcn -98- and R is selected from the group consisting of OH. and OCH3.
6. The use of claim 5 wherein Z| and Z2 are H; X is C02CH3; and R is OH.
7. The use ofclaim 5 wherein Zi and Z2 are H; X is CO2CH3; Ri and R2 are CH2SCH2CH3; and R is OH.
8. The use of claim 1 wherein said compound has the formula h wherein: Zi is H and Z2 is H or Zi and Z2 together form =0; Ri is H or Br; R2 is H; R3 is H, CH2CH=CH2! CH2CH2CH2OH, or h2ch2ch2c n 0 and R4 is H, CH2CH=CH2 or CH2CH2CH2OH. intellectual property office of n.z. 2 3 SEP 2006 RECEIVFH -99-
9. The use as claimed in any one of claims 1-8 wherein the compound is a compound, substantially as hereinbefore described with reference to the Examples. END OF CLAIMS intellectual property office of n2. 2 9 SEP 2006 RECEIVED
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US63705400A | 2000-08-11 | 2000-08-11 | |
| PCT/US2001/024822 WO2002014536A2 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2001-08-08 | Odulating multiple lineage kinase proteins |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| NZ524034A true NZ524034A (en) | 2006-11-30 |
Family
ID=24554347
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| NZ524034A NZ524034A (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2001-08-08 | Methods for modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins and screening compounds which modulate multiple linease kinase proteins |
Country Status (19)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1309721A2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2005503102A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1458979A (en) |
| AU (2) | AU8317901A (en) |
| BG (1) | BG107623A (en) |
| BR (1) | BR0113266A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2419985A1 (en) |
| CZ (1) | CZ2003680A3 (en) |
| HR (1) | HRP20030162A2 (en) |
| HU (1) | HUP0501110A3 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL154311A0 (en) |
| IS (1) | IS6711A (en) |
| MX (1) | MXPA03001218A (en) |
| NO (1) | NO20030658L (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ524034A (en) |
| PL (1) | PL366248A1 (en) |
| SK (1) | SK2692003A3 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2002014536A2 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA200301109B (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6811992B1 (en) | 1998-05-14 | 2004-11-02 | Ya Fang Liu | Method for identifying MLK inhibitors for the treatment of neurological conditions |
| US20060014165A1 (en) * | 2003-07-14 | 2006-01-19 | Decode Genetics Ehf. | Methods of diagnosis and treatment for asthma and other respiratory diseases based on haplotype association |
| EP1646372A2 (en) * | 2003-07-14 | 2006-04-19 | Decode Genetics EHF. | Methods of diagnosis and treatment for asthma based on haplotype association |
| US20060058250A1 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-03-16 | Cephalon, Inc. | Methods of treating proliferative skin diseases using carbazole derivatives |
| US20160082015A1 (en) * | 2013-04-18 | 2016-03-24 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods, compositions and kits for promoting motor neuron survival and treating and diagnosing neurodegenerative disorders |
| CN115025225A (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2022-09-09 | 基诺富公司 | Composition for inducing differentiation and protection of neural stem cells and method for inducing neural regeneration using the same |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5756494A (en) * | 1992-07-24 | 1998-05-26 | Cephalon, Inc. | Protein kinase inhibitors for treatment of neurological disorders |
| US5705511A (en) * | 1994-10-14 | 1998-01-06 | Cephalon, Inc. | Fused pyrrolocarbazoles |
| US6811992B1 (en) * | 1998-05-14 | 2004-11-02 | Ya Fang Liu | Method for identifying MLK inhibitors for the treatment of neurological conditions |
| CN1589788A (en) * | 1998-08-26 | 2005-03-09 | 赛福伦公司 | Regulates multilineage kinase proteins |
| US6841567B1 (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2005-01-11 | Cephalon, Inc. | Cyclic substituted fused pyrrolocarbazoles and isoindolones |
-
2001
- 2001-08-08 AU AU8317901A patent/AU8317901A/en active Pending
- 2001-08-08 AU AU2001283179A patent/AU2001283179B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-08-08 HR HR20030162A patent/HRP20030162A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-08-08 EP EP01961958A patent/EP1309721A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-08-08 IL IL15431101A patent/IL154311A0/en unknown
- 2001-08-08 WO PCT/US2001/024822 patent/WO2002014536A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-08-08 HU HU0501110A patent/HUP0501110A3/en unknown
- 2001-08-08 SK SK269-2003A patent/SK2692003A3/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-08-08 CA CA002419985A patent/CA2419985A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-08-08 PL PL01366248A patent/PL366248A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-08-08 NZ NZ524034A patent/NZ524034A/en unknown
- 2001-08-08 BR BR0113266-0A patent/BR0113266A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-08-08 JP JP2002519661A patent/JP2005503102A/en active Pending
- 2001-08-08 MX MXPA03001218A patent/MXPA03001218A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-08-08 CN CN01814001A patent/CN1458979A/en active Pending
- 2001-08-08 CZ CZ2003680A patent/CZ2003680A3/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-02-10 ZA ZA200301109A patent/ZA200301109B/en unknown
- 2003-02-10 IS IS6711A patent/IS6711A/en unknown
- 2003-02-10 NO NO20030658A patent/NO20030658L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2003-03-10 BG BG107623A patent/BG107623A/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| PL366248A1 (en) | 2005-01-24 |
| IL154311A0 (en) | 2003-09-17 |
| BR0113266A (en) | 2005-01-04 |
| IS6711A (en) | 2003-02-10 |
| CZ2003680A3 (en) | 2003-11-12 |
| WO2002014536A3 (en) | 2003-01-30 |
| WO2002014536A9 (en) | 2003-12-18 |
| HUP0501110A2 (en) | 2006-03-28 |
| AU2001283179B2 (en) | 2006-07-13 |
| BG107623A (en) | 2003-11-28 |
| EP1309721A2 (en) | 2003-05-14 |
| CN1458979A (en) | 2003-11-26 |
| NO20030658D0 (en) | 2003-02-10 |
| HRP20030162A2 (en) | 2005-12-31 |
| ZA200301109B (en) | 2004-07-20 |
| AU8317901A (en) | 2002-02-25 |
| CA2419985A1 (en) | 2002-02-21 |
| NO20030658L (en) | 2003-04-09 |
| WO2002014536A2 (en) | 2002-02-21 |
| JP2005503102A (en) | 2005-02-03 |
| SK2692003A3 (en) | 2003-08-05 |
| HUP0501110A3 (en) | 2006-06-28 |
| MXPA03001218A (en) | 2003-05-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP1105728B1 (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| Yun et al. | The novel cellular mechanism of human 5-HT6 receptor through an interaction with Fyn | |
| Krymskaya et al. | Src is necessary and sufficient for human airway smooth muscle cell proliferation and migration | |
| AU2001283179B2 (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| AU2001283179A1 (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| HK1037722B (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| MXPA01002020A (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| US8772281B2 (en) | Remedy for diabetes | |
| KR20140072624A (en) | Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of colorectal cancers or inhibition of metastasis containing the expression or activity inhibitors of carbonyl reductase 1 | |
| US20230003714A1 (en) | Use of pak4 and crtc1 for treatment or diagnosis of brain degenerative disease | |
| HK1075615A (en) | Modulating multiple lineage kinase proteins | |
| KR20240143116A (en) | Pharmaceutical Composition for Prevention or Treatment of Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Hepatic Fibrosis Comprising PAK4 inhibitor | |
| KR20210120890A (en) | Pharmaceutical Composition for Preventing or Treating Cancer Comprising 13-Hydroxyoctadecadienoic acid | |
| WO2005106473A1 (en) | Method of screening therapeutic agent for neurodegenerative disease |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PSEA | Patent sealed | ||
| RENW | Renewal (renewal fees accepted) | ||
| RENW | Renewal (renewal fees accepted) |